Table of Contents - Province of Manitoba | Home Page · Parkland Crop Diversification Foundation...

Parkland Crop Diversification Foundation Annual Report 2013 Page 1

Table of Contents

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 3

Cooperators ............................................................................................................................... 5

Contacts and Resources ........................................................................................................... 7

Meteorological Information for 2013 .......................................................................................... 8

2013 Crop Disease and Insect Summary .................................................................................. 9

Extension Activities .................................................................................................................. 13

2013 Discontinued Trials at PCDF .......................................................................................... 15

2013 Exclusive Trials at PCDF ................................................................................................ 17

Cereals .................................................................................................................................... 20

Advanced Two-Row Hulless Barley for Food Trial ............................................................... 20

Advanced Six-Row Malt Barley Trial .................................................................................... 25

Advanced Forage Barley Grain Trial .................................................................................... 29

Western Cooperative Six-Row Barley Registration Trial ...................................................... 34

Western Canada Forage Barley Coop Grain Trial ............................................................... 37

Organic Oat Trial .................................................................................................................. 42

Canadian International Grains Institute Canada Western Red Spring Wheat Trial .............. 48

Canada Western Red Spring Wheat Trial ............................................................................ 53

Parkland Cooperative Wheat Trial ....................................................................................... 59

Feed Grains ............................................................................................................................. 65

Pioneer Grain Corn Trial ...................................................................................................... 65

Western Feed Grains Development Cooperative Variety Trial ............................................. 70

Forage Crops ........................................................................................................................... 76

Advanced Forage Barley Forage Trial ................................................................................. 76

Western Canada Forage Barley Coop Forage Trial ............................................................. 80

Forage Establishment Trial .................................................................................................. 85

Pea Silage and Grain Trial ................................................................................................... 91

Industrial Hemp ....................................................................................................................... 96

National Hemp Coop Variety Trials- Trial Descriptor ........................................................... 96

National Hemp Coop Fibre Variety Trial ............................................................................. 100

National Hemp Coop Grain Variety Trial ............................................................................ 115

Oilseeds ................................................................................................................................. 126

Northern Adapted Flax Coop Trial ..................................................................................... 126


Evaluation of Soybean Cultivar Growth Rate and Maturity on Differing Soil Types ............ 133

Interaction of Seeding Rate and Row Spacing on Soybean Production Trial..................... 137

NorthStar Genetics Soybean Variety Trial ......................................................................... 141

4R P Management for Soybeans in the Northern Frontier Trial: Rate and Placement Effects on Plant Stand, Biomass and Seed Yield ........................................................................... 147

Russian Apical Dominant or Terminal Florescent Soybean Trial ....................................... 157

Western Manitoba Soybean Adaptation Trial ..................................................................... 162

Pulses .................................................................................................................................... 169

Fababean Cooperative Variety Trial................................................................................... 169

Narrow Row Edible Bean Trial ........................................................................................... 175

Demonstration Plots and Specialty Trials .............................................................................. 180

Barley Variety Demonstration ............................................................................................ 180

DuPont Showcase ............................................................................................................. 182

FMC Chemical Demonstration ........................................................................................... 185

Fruit Tree Demonstration ................................................................................................... 187

Phosphorus Behaviour Trial ............................................................................................... 193

PCDF Year in Pictures........................................................................................................... 199


Introduction The Parkland Crop Diversification Foundation (PCDF) is involved in a number of value-added and diverse projects that are summarized in this report. PCDF is located in the Parkland region of Manitoba and has a close liaison with Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development (MAFRD). PCDF works alongside 3 other Diversification Centres in the province, including CMCDC in Carberry, PESAI in Arborg and WADO in Melita. Parkland Crop Diversification owes its success to the excellent cooperation and participation received from the PCDF board of directors, producers, industry and cooperating research institutes. The staff at PCDF did a great job of executing the plot activities this year, which resulted in accurate data. A thank you goes out to the staff of Angel Melnychenko, Susan McEachern and Amy Stewart. Funding is essential for the Parkland Crop Diversification Foundation’s everyday activities to occur. This year PCDF received core funding from the Growing Forward 2 and Agriculture Sustainability Initiative (ASI) programs. PDCF continually looks for project ideas and producer production concerns. Please feel free to contact us with any future project proposals. Like us on Facebook to keep up to date on PCDF activities. Parkland Crop Diversification Foundation (PCDF) Box 970, Roblin, MB R0L 1P0 Phone: 1-204-773-6178 E-mail: [email protected] Website: http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/diversification/pcdf/index.html PCDF Directors of 2013

Robert Misko (chair), Roblin Brad Robin, Inglis Doug Cranwell, Roblin

Dale Gryba, Gilbert Plains Rod Fisher, Dauphin Tom Bowley, Roblin

John Sandborn, Benito Boris Michaleski, Dauphin Mark Laycock, Russell

Laurie Radford, Board Secretary

Cynthia Nerbas, Board Treasurer

Jeff Kostuik- Acting Diversification Specialist MAFRD [email protected] (204) 773-6178 Roblin, Manitoba R0L 1P0

mailto:[email protected]


The PCDF board of directors would like to acknowledge the tireless effort of Keith Watson, Diversification Specialist. Keith retired from MAFRD in April of 2013 after 41 years with the department. The PCDF board was established in 1995 and Keith Watson was involved from this early date in the establishment of the foundation. We would like to thank Keith for his time and effort and wish him all the best in his retirement.

Back row from left to right: John Sandborn, Robert Misko, Keith Watson, Brad Robin, Mark Laycock, Jeff Kostuik Front row from left to right: Rod Fisher, Dale Gryba, Cynthia Nerbas, Laurie Radford Missing: Boris Michaleski, Doug Cranwell and Tom Bowley


Cooperators The Parkland Crop Diversification Foundation (PCDF) gratefully acknowledges the following organizations that have helped sponsor our trials in the Northwest Region. We would also like to thank the producers of the Northwest Region for their continued support in cooperating and hosting trials.

Manitoba Agriculture, Food & Rural Development (MAFRD)

Dennis Lange, MAFRD Carman, MB

Forage Team, MAFRD Various Manitoba Locations

Growing Forward 2 Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development

Gustavo Bardella Carman, MB

John Heard, MAFRD Carman, MB

Pam Iwanchysko, MAFRD Dauphin, MB

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

Dr. Aaron Glenn, AAFC Brandon, MB

Alana Olsen, AAFC Beaverlodge, MB

Dr. Ana Badea, AAFC Brandon, MB

Dr. Gavin Humphreys, AAFC Winnipeg, MB

Dr. Jennifer Mitchell Fetch, AAFC Winnipeg, MB

Mark Sandercock, AAFC Morden, MB

Dr. Ramona Mohr, AAFC Brandon, MB

Rudy Von Hertzberg Brandon, MB

Crop Development Centre, University of Saskatchewan (CDC)

Dr. Bert Vandenberg, CDC Saskatoon, SK

Dr. Bob Bors, U of S Saskatoon, SK

Dr. Tom Warkentin, CDC Saskatoon, SK

Jaret Horner, CDC Saskatoon, SK

Viterra/ Crop Production Services (CPS) Roblin, MB

Dr. Michelle Beaith, Viterra / CPS Saskatoon, SK

James Anderson, Viterra / CPS Calgary, AB

Kathy Hanson, Viterra / CPS Watrous, SK

Best Environmental Technologies Edmonton, AB

Dr. Martin Doki, Best Edmonton, AB

Dr. Jan Slaski, Alberta Innovates Technology Futures Vegreville, AB

DuPont

Charlene Hammell, DuPont Sandy Lake, MB

Kristine Waddell, DuPont Winnipeg, MB

Danielle Gerrard, DuPont Winnipeg, MB

Canadian International Grains Institute (Cigi)

Dale Alderson, Cereal Seed Consultant East St. Paul, MB

Elaine Sopiwnyk, Cigi Winnipeg, MB

Parkland Industrial Hemp Growers (PIHG) Dauphin, MB

Keith Watson, PIHG Hemp Associate Plant Breeder Dauphin, MB

Other

Arron Nerbas, DuPont Pioneer Shellmouth, MB

Brad Ewankiw, FMC Agricultural Products Winnipeg, MB


Funded By:

Claude Durand, NorthStar Genetics Carman, MB

Craig Linde, CMCDC Carberry, MB

Dr. Dana Maxwell, Ag Quest Minto, MB

Dr. David Kendra, PepsiCo-Quaker Oats Barrington, IL

Denise Schmidt, FP Genetics Manitoba

Fedoruk Seeds Kamsack, SK

Jack Keown Farms Roblin, MB

Jeremy Andres, DuPont Pioneer Roblin, MB

Keating Seed Farms Russell, MB

Kristen Podolsky, Manitoba Pulse Growers Carman, MB

Mazergroup Roblin Roblin, MB

Dr. Patricia Juskiw, Alberta Agriculture and Rural Development

Lacombe, AB

Paula Halabicki, PESAI Arborg, MB

Roger Burak, PESAI Arborg, MB

Scott Chalmers, WADO Melita, MB

Soya UK Ltd. South Hampton, United Kingdom

Town of Roblin Roblin, MB


Contacts and Resources Manitoba Diversification Centres

CMCDC (Canada-Manitoba Crop Diversification Centre)

Craig Linde Diversification Specialist Box 160 37 Main St. Carberry, MB R0K 0H0

PESAI (Prairies East Sustainable Agriculture Initiative)

Paula Halabicki Diversification Specialist

Box 2000 317 River Road W. Arborg, MB R0C 0A0

Roger Burak Diversification Technician

James Lindal Diversification Technician

Nirmal Hari Diversification Technician

WADO (Westman Agricultural Diversification Organization)

Scott Chalmers

Diversification Technician

Box 519 Melita, MB R0M 1L0

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada

AAFC, Brandon

Ana Badea, Ph.D. Barley Breeder Box 1000A, RR#3 18

th St. N. & Grand Valley Rd.

Brandon, MB R7A 5Y3

Rudy Von Hertzberg Barley Technician

R. Byron Irvine, Ph.D. Research Manager

Ramona Mohr, Ph.D. Research Scientist

AAFC, Winnipeg Gavin Humphreys, Ph.D. Wheat Breeder Cereal Research Centre

195 Dafoe Road Winnipeg, MB R3T 2M9 Jennifer Mitchell Fetch, Ph.D Oat Breeder

AAFC, Morden Mark Sandercock Technician Unit 100-101, Route 100 Morden, MB, R6M 1Y5

Crop Development Centre

CDC, Saskatoon Albert Vandenberg, Ph.D. Pulse Crop Breeder University of Saskatchewan

51 Campus Drive Saskatoon, SK S7N 5A8 Tom Warkentin, Ph.D. Pulse Crop Breeder

Manitoba Crop Evaluation Team

MCVET Patti Cuthbert Chair c/o MAFRD 536 Stephen Street Morden, MB R6M 1T7

Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development

MAFRD, Carman

Glenn Friesen Forage Specialist

65 – 3rd Ave. N.E.

Carman, MB R0G 0J0

Pamela de Rocquigny Business Development Specalist - Feed Grains

John Heard Farm Production Extension – Crop Nutrition

Anastasia Kubinec Business Development Specialist - Oilseeds

Dennis Lange Farm Production Advisor- Pulse Crops

MAFRD, Dauphin Pam Iwanchysko

Farm Production Extension – Forage

Bldg. 334 27 – 2

nd Ave. S.W.

Dauphin, MB R7N 3E5 Greg Fedak Business Development Specialist – Business Management

MAFRD, Roblin

Elizabeth Nernberg Farm Production Advisor 117 – 2

nd Ave. N.W.

Box 970 Roblin, MB R0L 1P0

Annette Allen

Business Development Specialist

MAFRD, Portage la Prairie Eric Liu Business Development Specialist – Fibre and Composites

12th Floor, 155 Carlton St.

Winnipeg, MB R3C 3H8

Other Prairie Agricultural Machinery Institute (PAMI)

Lorne Drieger Manager Box 1060, 390 River Road Portage la Prairie, MB, R1N 3C5

Intermountain Conservation District Jeff Thiele Manager Box 328, Ethelbert, MB R0L 0T0

Manitoba Pulse Growers Kristen Podolsky Production Specialist Box 1760 38 4

th Ave. N.E

Carman, Manitoba, R0G 0J0

Parkland Industrial Hemp Growers Keith Watson Associate Plant Breeder #3, 126 Main St. N Dauphin, Manitoba, R7N 1C2


Meteorological Information for 2013

Seeding was delayed this year due to the amount of snow that had accumulated over the winter and the below normal spring temperatures. Soil conditions were ideal when seeding operations commenced on May 16. All the crops emerged with excellent plant stands and overall plant health. Ample rainfall and moderate temperatures in June and July stimulated good growth and enhanced herbicide efficacy. Soybeans were seeded towards the end of the seeding schedule, but with the favorable weather conditions, the soybeans had reasonable maturities when the first killing frost occurred on October 5. The first half of September gave perfect harvest conditions and about half of the plots were harvested. Conditions in September were also ideal for seeding the winter crops. Due to unsettled weather, harvest was delayed and completed on October 18. Regardless of the late start in the spring, the weather patterns this year were ideal for record yields and overall seed quality was good to excellent.

Table 1. Manitoba Diversification Centres’ Rainfall Summary (mm) from April 1 to September 30, 2013* Arborg Carberry Melita Roblin

April 14.5 4.5 2.1 21.9

May 19.4 83.8 51.2 24.8

June 52.2 121.4 78.4 92.8

July 83.4 95.4 148.5 101.6

August 49.8 75.2 24 16.2

September 34.7 51 73.8 36.2

Total 254.0 431.3 378.0 293.5

*Reproduced from MAFRI Past Daily Reports available at http://tgs.gov.mb.ca/climate/DailyReport.aspx

Table 2. Daily Weather Summary for Dauphin from May 1 to September 30, 2013*** Actual Normal Normal %

Number of Days 153 -- --

Growing Degree Days 1653 1494 111

Crop Heat Units 2741 2523 109

Total Precipitation 388 324 120

Table 3. Daily Weather Summary for Grandview from May 1 to September 30, 2013*** Actual Normal Normal %

Number of Days 153 --



Total Precipitation 365 324 113

Table 4. Daily Weather Summary for Roblin AUT from May 1 to September 30, 2013*** Actual Normal Normal %

Number of Days 153 -- --



Total Precipitation 271 300 91 **Normals are based on 30-year average ***Reproduced from MAFRD Growing Season Report available at: http://tgs.gov.mb.ca/climate/SeasonalReport.aspx


2013 Crop Disease and Insect Summary

Jeff Kostuik1, Susan McEachern1, Angel Melnychenko1 and Amy Stewart1

Crop Diseases Ergot in Cereals After harvesting the cereals at the site this year, it was noticed that a significant number of barley and wheat samples contained black bodies known as ergot. Even though it is less likely for wheat and barley to become infected, they may still develop to levels that result in down-grading. In the samples sent away from the 2013 CWRS trial, four out of seven samples contained ergot at levels ranging from 0.028% to 0.12%. This resulted in a lower grade. A prolonged flowering period for grasses and cereals this year heightened the ergot risk.

Ergot thrives under cool, damp weather conditions and infects cereal grains at the flowering stage. The fungus produces a number of toxins that reduce the grain’s end use desirability. Because of its toxicity, tolerances for ergot are tight. For example: 0.01 per cent (one ergot body per 10,000 kernels, or approximately one litre of grain) in No.1 CWRS wheat and 0.04 per cent in No.3 CWRS wheat. Other factors that contribute to ergot infestation are poor fertility, copper deficiency and insects such as aphids, thrips, midge and leafhoppers feeding during the honeydew stage.

Photo By: L.J. Duczek Ergot affects many wild and cultivated grasses including many small grains. It is most common in rye and triticale. The parasitic fungus (Claviceps) starts damaging crops in the field, replacing one or more kernels in a mature grain head with a hard, dark ergot body. Ergot may be a concern in forage grasses grown for seed production. Wheat and barley are less likely to become infected and oats are seldom infected. Headland grasses around fields are considered the most likely source of spores and the carry-over of ergot from one year to the next. Broadleaf crops like canola are not susceptible to ergot, which makes them an effective crop rotation choice. If ingested, ergot alkaloids can result in convulsions, hallucinations, gangrene and death. The poisonous alkaloids produced by ergot affect animals in several different ways. Tolerance for ergot in pregnant or breeding animal rations is zero. Disease management, while often difficult, is dependent on reduction of spore transmission to susceptible crops and understanding what risk exists. Things that help include:

Use of certified seed with low levels of ergot

Control of grasses growing along headlands or roadways adjacent to fields

Blending feeds

Harvest and bin headlands separately

1 PCDF, Roblin


Use of gravity tables and colour sorters to clean grain (if economical)

Crop rotation between cereals and broadleaf crops like canola

Ensuring stands are uniform (Clarke 2013) Pasmo in Flax Due to extensive breeding efforts and screening, flax has very few diseases. Pasmo is the one disease that is most prevalent in flax production and it was observed in the majority of PCDF’s flax plots this year. The causal organism for this disease is Septoria linicola, a fungus that attacks above-ground parts of the plant. It will overwinter in the soil of infected flax stubble. Flax is most susceptible to pasmo during the ripening stage. Epidemics have been observed during the early season when favorable moist conditions prevail. Evidence of pasmo is defoliation, premature ripening and weakening of the infected pedicels which results in heavy boll-drop by rain and wind. Yield, seed and fibre quality can be reduced depending on the earliness and severity of the infection. Most commercial varieties lack resistance to the fungus.

Pasmo is characterized by circular, brown lesions on the leaves and brown to black infected bands that alternate with green healthy bands on the stem. Infected flax tissue has tiny black fruiting bodies called pycnidia. The pycnidia overwinter and produce masses of spores that cause the initial infestation the next year. Rain and wind disperse the spores. High moisture, warm temperature and dense, weedy or lodged canopy favor conditions for the disease to develop. (Flax Council of Canada 2002) Photo by: (Flax Council of Canada n.d.)

Dr. Khalid Rashid, an oilseed pathologist with AAFC- Morden, has done extensive work with flax and pasmo. Dr. Rashid and his staff conduct yearly surveys for pasmo in flax. From his observations, Dr. Rashid has seen a steady rise in the incidence, severity and prevalence of the disease. In general, most of the surveyed flax crops had 50 to 100 percent incidence. The severity ranges from traces in one third of the crop, 10 to 30 percent of the stem area affected in the next third of the crop and over 40 percent of the stem area affected in last third of the crop. One reason why pasmo may be on the rise is the change in straw management practices. Historically, producers burned the straw to eradicate it from the field. Today, producers have other more lucrative options such as selling it to fibre processors. (King 2013) The best options for control are seeding early at the recommended seeding rates, using clean seed, treating seed with a fungicide, controlling weeds and following a rotation of at least three


years between flax crops. The fungicide HeadlineTM has been registered for control of pasmo in flax. Research also continues to develop pasmo resistant flax varieties. Sclerotinia in Hemp Grey Mould or Sclerotinia has become the most common disease of Hemp. The fungus causing grey mould attacks hundreds of other crops and thrives in humidity and cool to moderate temperatures. Thus far in Manitoba there have been instances of Grey Mould, but the disease has yet to reach significant proportions in commercial fields. Grey Mould will tend to attack Hemp in two places- flowering tops and stalks. Grain Varieties - Early maturing high-density stands of hemp are more prone to infection. Plants with tightly packed buds will tend to hold moisture and rot more easily. Fibre varieties tend to become more susceptible after canopy closure. Photo By: Amy Stewart The causal organism for Grey Mould is Botrytis cinerea. Botrytis will often colonize on senescent leaves and flowers and from these footholds it invades the rest of the plant (Hemp Diseases and Pests). Disease in Edible Beans

Even though there are limited acres of edible beans in the Parkland region, each year there continues to be disease pressure at PCDF’s research plots. Common diseases that have been identified in the plots in order of Incidence are: Bacterial Blight – The main source of infection is contaminated seed. The disease develops most rapidly at warmer temperatures and higher moisture conditions. Sclerotinia or White Mould – Most serious in crops with a dense canopy. Bean plants become infected only after flowering has started. The spores of this fungus require dead tissue to initiate development and the fallen flower petals provide a food source. Photo By: Central Valley Bean Cooperative


Anthracnose – A fungal disease spread by seed, but can survive and be spread by crop residue and windblown residue. As with all crops, good rotation and vigilant scouting to address issues early help improve crop health.

Insect Report Each year John Gavloski, an entomologist with Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development, puts together the Summary of Insects on Crops in Manitoba. This summary discusses reports on insect levels on each different type of crop across the province. The full report can be found at http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/crops/insects/pubs/2013summary.pdf.

References Clarke, Ron. "Ergot Poisoning." Cattlemen, October 2013: 39. Flax Council of Canada. Diseases. n.d.

http://www.flaxcouncil.ca/english/index.jsp?p=growing8&mp=growing (accessed November 19, 2013).

Flax Council of Canada. Growing Flax- Production, Management and Diagnostic Guide. Winnipeg: Flax Council of Canada, 2002.

King, Carolyn. "Pasmo on flax: Advances in resistance and management." Ag Annex. March 2013. http://www.agannex.com/top-crop-manager/pasmo-on-flax-advances-in-resistance-and-management (accessed November 19, 2013).

http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/crops/insects/pubs/2013summary.pdf


Extension Activities

Annual Field Day

PCDF held its annual field day on August 1, 2013. The day began with a complimentary BBQ where attendees enjoyed grass fed beef burgers from Carla Radford of Radford Farm. Jeff Kostuik, acting MAFRD Diversification Specialist, welcomed the audience and gave a brief overview of PCDF’s role and function. The afternoon encompassed a detailed tour of all the field plots at the site. The agenda of speakers consisted of industry representatives and PCDF staff. Keynote speakers conducted presentations on new varieties for

various crop types, soybean agronomy and crop inputs, and addressed questions from the audience. Jeremy Andres, an independent sales rep for Pioneer® (a DuPont Company), discussed a number of grain corn varieties and their potential for the Parkland Region. Kristine Waddell of DuPont did a quick overview of a number of new pesticide product lines that are available to growers for a number of crop types. Cigi’s representative, Elaine Sopiwynk, discussed a wheat fungicide trial that was being conducted for their Chinese client. The emphasis of the trial is to determine the interaction between wheat varieties, stage of fungicide application and the effect on gluten content. Pam Iwanchysko, MAFRD forage specialist, spoke on a forage establishment trial and the impact of cover crops. Soybeans entertained the audience with a number of speakers. Kristen Podolsky of the Manitoba Pulse Growers Association spoke on phosphorus management for soybean production. She also co-spoke with Aaron Glenn regarding soybean agronomy trials. Claude Durand from NorthStar Genetics gave a brief overview of the Western Soybean Variety trial and the exclusive trial being conducted for their varieties. Neil Galbraith, a board member of Western Feed Grains Development Coop Ltd., spoke on the Western Feed Grains Development trial and touched on the varietal development process. Jeff Kostuik presented a number of projects ranging from pea silage, edible beans, low-tannin fababeans, CPS’s (formerly Viterra) wheat trial and a herbicide demo trial for FMC. Hemp was discussed by a panel consisting of Jeff Kostuik (Hemp Agronomist), Wil Welborn (Manitoba Harvest Hemp Foods & Oil), Keith Watson (PIHG Hemp Associate Plant Breeder) and Anndrea Hermann (Ridge International Cannabis Consulting). Angel Melnychenko, Susan McEachern and Amy Stewart spoke about the barley, organic oats, flax and wheat trials located at the site. There were approximately 80 people who attended the 2013 annual field day.


2013 Tours and Attendance: PCDF Field Day: August 1: 80 attendees DuPont Tours: July 29 (P & H): 20 attendees August 7 (Richardson): 20 attendees Self-Guided Tour All Season: 40-50 attendees Brandon Ag Days Along with other Diversification Centres in the province, PCDF was part of the informational booth at Ag Days from January 15th to 17th, 2013. This gave an opportunity for producers and representatives from the industry to ask any questions they may have in regards to what Diversification Centres do and what they have learnt from their research with many different kinds of crops. Other PCDF staff attended the Crop Diagnostic School held in Carman on July 16th. A wide variety of topics were discussed throughout the day including plant pathology, entomology, weather effects on crop stands and soil fertility and management. PCDF participated in the ASE career fair held at the University of Manitoba in Winnipeg on October 10, 2013. This event provided a great opportunity for PCDF to meet potential employees and provide awareness about the company. Jeff participated in the Canadian Hemp Trade Alliance National Hemp Conference held in Saskatoon on November 24th to 27th, 2013. Jeff presented data on hemp agronomy from the Diversification Centres’ industrial hemp trials.


2013 Discontinued Trials at PCDF


Winter Wheat Trials In early September 2012, PCDF seeded two winter wheat trials:

Ducks Unlimited Winter Wheat Variety by Fungicide Trial to evaluate winter wheat

varieties with different fungicide treatments.

MCVET Winter Wheat Variety Trial to evaluate winter wheat in terms of yield, winter

survivability and disease, for use as a feed grain and the potential use in the ethanol

industry.

Unfortunately, both trials did not survive the winter. The trials were seeded into dry soil conditions on September 7 and 17. No precipitation fell until October 7 and only amounted to 1.8 millimeters. The plants did not emerge before the snow fell in 2012 and only a few plants appeared in the spring of 2013. Some winter wheat survival tips that may help producers obtain a crop throughout the winter are:

Record the growth stage before freeze up: Much of the survivability and yield

potential will depend on the stage of the crop in the fall. Plants that reach the 3 leaf

stage are at the optimum stage heading into the winter.

Take notes: Keep track of any cold snaps throughout the winter as this could cause

stress on the crop. Make sure to note when they occur and how long they last. For

winter survival, good snow cover in February and March is best.

Scout for disease: It’s never too early to start scouting winter wheat fields. Scout

regularly and often when disease conditions develop. Ergot, tan spot and lead and

glume blotch inoculums can over winter so keeping a good eye on your crop may

protect it from a disease occurring in the spring.

Control weeds: Take the time to do a herbicide pass in the fall. This could prevent a lot

of the winter annual weeds such as stinkweed, shepherd’s purse, flixweed and narrow-

leaved hawks beard from appearing in the spring.

Read your insurance contract!: Plain and simple, no one wants to think about total

loss but just in case, farmers should check their provincial guidelines for details about

seeding deadlines.

(Lovell 2013)

1 PCDF, Roblin


Long-Term Canola Rotation Study

PCDF was approached in the spring to participate in a long-term canola rotation study in collaboration with the Canola Council of Canada. There were 9 locations across Western Canada selected to host the trial with the objective to determine the agronomic, economic and environmental sustainability implications of high frequency canola rotations over 6 years. Intensive data collection was associated with this trial such as soil sampling, emergence counts, insect counts, disease levels, etc. Funding for the trial was not approved and nothing more than seeding of the trial took place at the PCDF site. This study could be approved for funding in years to come.

References Lovell, Angela. "Winter wheat survival tips." Grainews, October 21, 2013: 15.


2013 Exclusive Trials at PCDF


PCDF cooperates with individual companies under contract to assist them in the early stages of licensing new methods, varieties, or products. The results are proprietary with the company until they have a chance to review the data and publish the results. Many of the trials are over a period of more than one year, so results cannot be released until the project is completed. Best Environmental Technologies Soil and Plant Amendment TM Agriculture is the product that was tested in this trial from Best Environmental Technologies Inc. of Edmonton, Alberta. Currently this product is not available in Canada and this field experiment was conducted as part of the CFIA registration process for this product to be considered a supplement (i.e. a mixture of substances, other than fertilizer, that it is manufactured, sold or represented for use in the improvement of the physical condition of soils or to aid in plant growth or crop yields). TM is applied as a liquid derived from natural and organic products. This product required three applications:

At 4-5 weeks before seeding when the soil is moist or injected into the seed row at time of seeding.

When the crop is at the 4 to 6 leaf stage

Three weeks after the 2nd application

This product was tested on wheat and canola with data collection taken on height, yield, plant sampling and soil sampling. The TM trial may be continued in 2014.

TM Canola TM Wheat

1 PCDF, Roblin


Pepsi-Co/Quaker Oat Trial This is the second year that PCDF conducted a trial in cooperation with Pepsi-Co/Quaker at Russell and Roblin. The objective of this trial was to evaluate quality and yield parameters of different varieties of oats for the end use of human consumption. Data was taken throughout the season and once the trial was harvested, the oats were sent to Quaker Oats in Iowa for quality analysis.

Crop Production Services (formerly Viterra) WPC Wheat Trial

PCDF took part in the CPS (formerly Viterra) WPC trial. The trial evaluated different Canadian Western Red Spring Wheat varieties and lines that CPS markets compared to competitor’s varieties. Data was recorded throughout the growing season and the harvested samples were sent to the CPS Research Warehouse in Calgary for analysis.


Crop Production Services (formerly Viterra) Northern Adapted Flax Advanced Yield Trial The purpose of this trial is to evaluate different varieties of flax that are more tolerant to seeding in cold soils, have a more determinate growth habit, have a range of maturities from the U.S border to the Peace Region and have stems that ripen more synchronously with boll ripening. There were 5 trials that consisted of 25 treatments over 3 repetitions. The treatment sizes were 5m long x 1m wide. This year the trial had a uniform stand with little lodging. All five trials had an average yield of 61 bu/acre and the yields ranged from 35 to 83 bu/acre.

Parkland Industrial Hemp Growers (PIHG) Variety Trial Parkland Industrial Hemp Growers (PIHG) is a producer coop that is in the business of growing certified seed and producing commercial industrial hemp for grain and fibre. PIHG conducts an industrial hemp plant breeding program to supply locally adapted hemp varieties for Manitoba and other parts of Canada. Certified seed of the varieties Delores and Canda are now available by contacting the PIHG office. http://www.pihg.net/ The PIHG Co-op Ltd. plant breeding project supports the growth and development of the Industrial Hemp Industry. Variety selection and breeding emphasis is on low THC, large seeded, high yielding varieties for grain production and low THC, high fibre producing varieties for the fibre industry. At the Roblin PCDF site in 2013, a replicated variety trial was conducted for PIHG to compare new upcoming lines to their already existing varieties. Data was recorded throughout the season and forwarded to PIHG for their internal use. This data will be used to determine the direction of the lines that are in the Plant Breeding program.

http://www.pihg.net/


Cereals

Advanced Two-Row Hulless Barley for Food Trial

Jeff Kostuik1, Susan McEachern1, Angel Melnychenko1, Amy Stewart1 and Ana Badea2

Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Dr. Ana Badea- Barley Breeder, AAFC Brandon Rudy Von Hertzberg- Research Technician, AAFC Brandon

Background Two-row hulless food barley: This effort, led by Dr. Therrien, has produced the first Canadian milling barley, Millhouse which was officially released in the spring of 2006. Millhouse can be combined with wheat flour to produce noodles and breadstuffs without altering the flavour and texture of the finished product, while enhancing healthful ingredients including dietary fibre and anti-oxidants. The current effort seeks to improve on Millhouse’s agronomic performance while maintaining quality. A new food quality evaluation lab has been developed to support this effort. (Therrien n.d.) So far this effort has contributed to the development of a new milling barley cultivar, Roseland. Roseland was registered in 2011 with the intent to replace Millhouse. Hulless barley has many positive characteristics for feed, food and malt uses. Yet according to the Canadian Wheat Board’s 2011-12 Variety Survey, hulless barley is estimated to account for less than one percent of the barley grown in Western Canada. Nevertheless breeders, food scientists, industry development specialists and others continue to work on many fronts to help realize hulless barley’s full potential. Hulless barley is not truly hulless, but the hull is much more loosely held onto the seed than in hulled barley, and the hulls are removed during combining. The absence of hulls means the grain has more nutrients and higher energy per unit weight than hulled barley and it requires less space to store and transport. The absence of hulls also means the seed is more easily damaged during handling; yields may sometimes be lower because the hulls are left in the field and in some cases food and beverage processing is different than for hulled. The efforts of some small food companies on the Prairies could help spark greater interest in hulless barley. Nyachiro says, “There are some things happening in the niche markets, with companies embracing the use of hulless barley. Right off the top of my head are: Hamilton’s Barley Flour, which has done a great job of making barley flour available to grocery stores and Progressive Foods Inc., which has made great progress in inventing quick-cooking barley and promoting the use of barley as a healthy food.” (King 2012)

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 AAFC, Brandon


Objective To test two-row hulless barley varieties for human consumption.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 12 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 16 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 50 lbs. N, 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S 15 lbs. actual P applied with seed Pesticide applied: June 11- Axial and Barricade Harvest date: September 4 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested with weight and moisture recorded Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble with 15 lbs. actual P applied with the seed. At the 2-4 leaf stage, the trial was sprayed with Axial and Barricade to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Data such as plant counts, heading date, height, maturity date and lodging was recorded throughout the growing season. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and weight was recorded. A 1 kilogram composite sample was then sent to AAFC-Brandon for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Advanced Two-Row Hulless Barley for Food Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB*

Roseland H273-38

CDC McGwire H275-26

CDC Rattan H277-7

H272-28 H280-10

H273-14 H280-26

H273-36 H280-35 * Numbered Varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration

Table 2. 2012 Fall Soil Nutrient Analysis from 0-24” Depth at the Roblin, MB Site **

Estimated Available Nutrients Fertilizer Applied (actual lbs)

N* 52 lbs/acre (low) 50

P* 12 ppm (med) 55

K* 198 ppm (high) 10

S* 102 lbs/acre (high) 10 * N- Nitrate * P- Phosphorus (Olsen) * K- Potassium *S- Sulphate ** Analysis by Agvise Laboratories


Results Table 3. 2013 Advanced Two-Row Hulless Barley for Food Trial Results at Roblin, MB

Variety Yield (kg/ha)

Plants per m²*

Days to Heading

Days to Maturity

Height (cm)

Disease (1-9)*

Lodging (1-9)*

Roseland 10,486 273 59 100 110 5 5

H280-35 10,477 303 56 97 108 5 2

CDC McGwire

10,307 313 58 100 111 5 8

H280-26 9988 267 60 100 118 5 6

H277-7 9952 343 57 96 109 6 5

H280-10 9854 277 56 98 118 7 6

CDC Rattan

9461 300 59 98 105 6 4

H275-26 9287 317 59 98 112 7 6

H273-14 9148 310 58 99 113 7 7

H273-36 8908 303 59 99 116 7 7

H272-28 8776 290 61 100 116 7 8

H273-38 8670 330 59 100 114 7 7

Grand Mean

9610 302 58 99 113 6 6

CV% 3.6 17.3 1.0 0.9 3.5 8.4 19.8

LSD 577.7 88.7 1.0 1.5 6.7 0.9 2.0

Sign Diff Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes * Plants per m

2 = Plants per Meter Squared

* Disease (1-9) = 1- No Disease, 9- Dead Preferred * Lodging (1-9) = 1- Fully Erect, 9- Fully Flat


Chart 1. 2013 Advanced Two-Row Hulless Barley for Food Yield (bu/ac) at Roblin, MB

In regards to the data, the line H280-35 has the best all round agronomic package. It is similar in yield to Roseland and CDC McGwire and significantly higher yielding than CDC Rattan. H280-35 has excellent standability, shorter in height and significantly earlier than Roseland and CDC McGwire.

Important Considerations and Recommendations In February 2009, Health Canada’s Food Directorate received a submission requesting approval for the use of a therapeutic claim linking barley beta-glucan to blood cholesterol lowering. Studies were done to measure the total cholesterol and low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-cholesterol). Data collected showed that consuming at least 3 grams of beta-glucan per day helps reduce cholesterol. Beta-glucan is a type of soluble fibre found in barley. (Health Canada 2012) Some barley products include dehulled or hulless barley, pasta, tortilla chips, bran, pearl barley, even pizza dough. Barley is packed with vitamins and minerals; it is also a source of antioxidants which are important for maintaining good health. (Dummer 2012) Researchers hope that with the approval from Health Canada, farmers will have the incentive to grow more food-grade barley and will expand marketing options to sell their crop. Presently about three percent of Canadian-grown barley is consumed as food, with the majority going to the feed and malt sectors. (Stevenson 2012)


Conclusions The two-row hulless barley production destined for the food market is a very specialized and niche market. Production and demand in this market is still in the infancy stage. Strides are being made in terms of breeding high performing varieties and acceptance in the food industry with Health Canada’s approval for the health claims associated with the consumption of barley. More effort and time is required in educating producers about the new food market, transitioning of barley into the ingredient list of large food company’s products and expanding the consumer demand. PCDF’s role will continue in supporting Dr. Ana Badea with varietal development and educating producers.

References Dummer, Jane. "Barley for Health." Agri-Food for Healthy Living. November 7, 2012.

http://aha.the-ria.ca/pdf/HPD2012-PDFs/HPD2012%20-%20Jane%20Dummer.pdf (accessed November 26, 2013).

Health Canada. "Summary of Health Canada's Assessment of a Health Claim about Barley Products and Blood Cholesterol Lowering." Health Canada. July 2012. http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/fn-an/label-etiquet/claims-reclam/assess-evalu/barley-orge-eng.php (accessed November 21, 2013).

King, Carolyn. "Hulless barley: challenges and prospects." Top Crop Manager, February 2012. Stevenson, Lorraine. "Health Canada gives barley permission to boast about its health

benefits." Manitoba Co-Operator. August 10, 2012. http://www.manitobacooperator.ca/2012/08/10/health-canada-gives-barley-permission-to-boast-about-its-health-benefits%E2%80%A9/ (accessed November 26, 2013).

Therrien, Mario C. "Barley Production and Development in Manitoba." USDA. n.d. http://wheat.pw.usda.gov/ggpages/BarleyNewsletter/49/ManitobaBNL49.htm (accessed December 5, 2013).


Advanced Six-Row Malt Barley Trial



Background This trial is designed to identify new six-row malting barley varieties. The barley breeding effort at AAFC Brandon is aiming to develop new varieties of six-row malting barley well-suited to western Canada with improved disease resistance and agronomic performance combined with enhanced quality traits to expand market opportunities at home and abroad. Three registered varieties, Tradition, CDC Mayfair and Celebration were grown at Roblin this year, as well as 6 numbered breeding lines under evaluation for possible registration.

Objective To test malt barley varieties from the barley breeding program at AAFC Brandon.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 9 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 16 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 50 lbs. N, 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S 15 lbs. actual P applied with seed Pesticide applied: June 11- Axial and Barricade Harvest date: September 4 Product handling: Each individual plot harvest with weight and moisture recorded Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble with 15 lbs. actual P applied with the seed. At the 2-4 leaf stage, the trial was sprayed with Axial and Barricade to control

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 AAFC, Brandon


broadleaf and grassy weeds. Data such as plant counts, heading date, height, maturity date and lodging was recorded throughout the growing season. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and weight was recorded. A 1 kilogram composite sample was then sent to AAFC-Brandon for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Advanced Six-Row Malt Barley Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB*

Celebration A498-7 A502-8

CDC Mayfair A500-11 A503-4

Tradition A500-36 A503-10 * Numbered Varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration




P* 12 ppm (med) 55



Results Table 3. 2013 Advanced Six-Row Malt Barley Trial Results at Roblin, MB


Plants per Meter2

DTH* DTM* Height (cm)

Disease (1-9)*

Lodging (1-9)*

CDC Mayfair

11,775 300 53 96 111 6 7

Tradition 11,275 350 53 95 112 5 4

A502-8 10,973 343 51 97 109 6 6

A500-11 10,735 337 53 94 113 6 1

A503-10 10,528 303 53 95 106 6 8

A503-4 10,401 353 53 98 107 6 6

Celebration 10,338 370 54 94 107 5 7

A500-36 10,168 390 54 95 111 5 5

A498-7 9755 340 52 97 105 6 5

Grand Mean

10,661 343 53 96 109 6 6

CV% 4.81 15.25 1.95 1.54 3.21 15.97 14.53

LSD 892.93 90.51 1.79 2.55 6.07 1.57 1.38

Sign Diff Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes * DTH = Days to Heading * DTM = Days to Maturity * Disease (1-9) = 1- No Disease, 9- Dead Preferred * Lodging (1-9) = 1- Fully Erect, 9- Fully Flat


Chart 1. 2013 Advanced Six-Row Malt Barley Trial Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB

One of the entries, A502-8, had similar grain yield to two of the checks, Tradition and CDC Mayfair, and higher than Celebration. This line looks to be the most promising based on yield, but malting quality is unknown at the moment.

Important Considerations and Recommendations Malt is the main ingredient for brewing beer. Various specialty malts with particular color or flavor intensities can be produced by selecting specific barley types and altering the processing conditions. Manitoba has one major maltster, Dominion Malting Ltd., and the malt is either used by provincial breweries or exported. The majority of Manitoba’s exported malting barley is in an unprocessed form. Only a small amount of barley malt and malt extract are exported. About three-quarters of the malting barley destined for alcohol is brewed in Canada. The other quarter is exported to international brewers in China, United States, South Africa, Colombia, Japan and Mexico. Manitoba has a long history of producing beer in the province. A book was released this summer called “300 Years of Beer: An Illustrated History of Brewing in Manitoba”, authors Bill Wright and Dave Craig. The popularity in brewing continues in the province with micro-breweries such as Half Pints Brewery and Farmery Estate Brewery establishing in Winnipeg. Fort Garry Brewery (Winnipeg) has history dating back to the 1930s. (Lunney 2013) Canada’s international and domestic malting barley markets are dominated by two-row varieties because of their good characteristics for malting and brewing. However, some companies prefer the six-row types for their brewing methods. The six-row markets are


predominantly in the United States and European Union. Cost is a factor when determining which type of barley to use and six-row generally cost less. Manitoba is well positioned for exporting six-row malting varieties to the United States because it is centrally located with the least freight costs. Anheuser-Busch for Budweiser is one of the big players and it has malt plants in North Dakota and Wisconsin. (King 2010) The challenges for Manitoba barley producers are most of them grow two-row varieties and the infestation of the disease fusarium head blight deteriorating quality of the grain. The new six-row varieties may be improvements for western Manitoba growers and provide them with a consistent market for the malt barley. (King 2010) Recently the federal government negotiated the final terms of the free trade agreement with the EU. Currently there are EU tariffs of up to $120 per tonne of barley. With the free trade agreement and the end of the CWB monopoly, the potential for Canadian malt barley growers is huge. This will open the door for processed malt barley products. Manitoba producers will benefit due to their geographic location to the eastern seaboard. (Western Producer 2013)

Conclusions

The Manitoba Parkland has the potential to successfully produce commercial six-row malting barley. Development of six-row malting barley varieties with enhanced quality traits will contribute to the expansion of market opportunities at home and abroad, increasing profitability of farmers and malting and brewing sectors. The EU free trade agreement will expand market access and producer profitability. PCDF will continue to play an important role with the varietal evaluation for Dr. Ana Badea’s breeding lines.

References King, Carolyn. "Growing a market thirst for new Canadian six-row malting barleys." Top Crop

Manager, October 2010. Lunney, Doug. "New book tells history of brewing in Manitoba." Winnipeg Sun. June 17, 2013.

http://www.winnipegsun.com/2013/06/17/new-book-tells-history-of-brewing-in-manitoba (accessed December 5, 2013).

Western Producer. Western Producer, November 20, 2013.


Advanced Forage Barley Grain Trial



Background One of the most cost-effective ways for cattle producers to feed their livestock is to include forage barley in their feeding regimes. Forage barley is a low-cost, easy to grow, high yielding crop that is well-adapted to all barley growing areas of the world. Forage barley is especially well-adapted to the Parkland region and is versatile, where it can be field-grazed before it heads, swath-grazed in the late summer and early fall, or put up as greenfeed, chopped or ensiled for over-winter use. Feed conversion of the newest forage barley varieties is often high enough to be considered as a mainstay in dairy rations. New forage barley varieties are being developed that demonstrate a very high yield potential with moderate inputs while maintaining a Relative Feed Value in excess of 100. This is a more effective source of cattle feed than other sources of grain or silage corn. Other grains and silage corn are more expensive to grow and they are higher risk in the short seasoned Parkland region.

AC Ranger, Vivar (two registered varieties) and FB015 (control for waxy type) were grown at Roblin this year, as well as 11 numbered breeding lines under evaluation for possible registration.

Objective To test the top barley forage varieties from the barley breeding program at AAFC Brandon.

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 AAFC, Brandon


Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 14 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 16 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 50 lbs. N, 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S 15 lbs. actual P applied with seed Pesticide applied: June 11- Axial and Barricade Harvest date: September 4 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested with weight and moisture recorded Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble with 15 lbs. actual P applied with the seed. At the 2-4 leaf stage, the trial was sprayed with Axial and Barricade to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Data such as plant counts, heading date, height, maturity date and lodging was recorded throughout the growing season. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and weight was recorded. A 1 kilogram composite sample was then sent to AAFC-Brandon for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Advanced Forage Barley Grain Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB*

AC Ranger EX819-4

EX812-26 EX819-10

EX814-2 EX819-33

EX814-3 EX820-8

EX814-5 EX820-19

EX818-3 FB015

EX818-6 Vivar * Numbered Varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration




P* 12 ppm (med) 55




Results Table 3. 2013 Advanced Forage Barley Grain Trial Results at Roblin, MB


Pl/m2* DTH* DTM* Lodging (1-9)*

Disease (1-9)*

Height (cm)

AC Ranger 13,023 280 55 99 7 3 107

EX819-4 12,728 283 56 100 8 5 113

EX819-10 12,170 327 56 99 8 3 108

Vivar 11,749 337 55 99 7 3 104

EX818-6 11,192 300 56 97 5 5 116

EX820-8 11,179 367 56 99 7 4 113

EX819-33 11,021 340 53 99 8 5 109

EX818-3 10,954 330 57 100 7 4 119

EX814-2 10,891 310 57 97 7 4 117

EX812-26 10,852 327 57 100 7 5 122

EX814-5 10,827 307 56 97 6 4 121

EX820-19 10,812 313 56 99 7 5 111

FB015 9395 373 53 98 8 6 109

EX814-3 9344 340 56 97 8 5 120

Grand Mean

11,153 324 56 99 7 4 113

CV% 5.10 12.30 1.52 1.64 13.73 16.64 4.42

LSD 954.35 66.87 1.42 2.70 1.65 1.22 8.41

Sign Diff Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes * Pl/m


* DTH = Days to Heading * DTM = Days to Maturity * Lodging (1-9) = 1- Fully Erect, 9- Fully Flat * Disease (1-9) = 1- No Disease, 9- Dead Preferred


Chart 1. 2013 Advanced Forage Barley Grain Trial Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB

In regards to grain yield, six of the feed/forage breeding lines tested had lower values than both checks AC Ranger and Vivar. Of particular interest are two feed/forage breeding lines EX819-4 and EX819-10, which had higher grain yield than Vivar. The three waxy breeding lines tested were EX812-26, EX-818-6 and EX820-19. Two of them, EX812-26 and EX-818-6, showed significant higher grain yield than the waxy check line FB015. However, the grain yield was still lower than the other two checks AC Ranger and Vivar.

Important Considerations and Recommendations The test in 2013 was comprised of eight feed/forage breeding lines and three waxy breeding lines targeted for early swath-grazing along with the suitable checks AC Ranger, Vivar and FB105. The FB105 waxy line was previously developed by Dr. Mario Therrien at Brandon Research Center (BRC). This line showed promising characteristics for early season swath-grazing due to its heavy cuticular wax layer; however it was not put forward for registration due to inferior grain yield. Canada is known for its high quality barley due to the strict standards of the Canadian Grain Commission’s grain quality control program. This includes varietal control, licensing of elevators, product inspection and weighing, sanitation and quality monitoring programs.


In Japan, roughly 80% of the barley is consumed as feed in the cattle sector. Barley plays an important role in feeding cattle because it produces high quality beef with the white marbling that Japanese consumers favor. Japanese yearly consumption is estimated around 1.6 million tonnes, but demand is expected to decline with the potential reduction in the country’s cattle population. (Manitoba Government n.d.) Recently the federal government negotiated the final terms of the free trade agreement with the EU. Currently there are EU tariffs of up to $120 per tonne of barley. With the free trade agreement and the end of the CWB monopoly the potential for Canadian feed barley growers is huge. The agreement will open the door for raw feed barley products internationally. The significant benefit though will be from increased domestic feed sales. Canadian hog and cattle producers will gain greater access for meat exports. Manitoba producers will benefit due to their geographic location to the eastern seaboard. (Western Producer 2013)

Conclusions The importance of feed barley should rise once the EU free trade agreement is finalized. Barley has a multitude of applications and offers many options to producers. Breeding efforts are being conducted to improve varieties and it is important that PCDF continues its evaluation process to identify varieties that would be best adapted to this region.

References Manitoba Government. "Barley." Manitoba Government. n.d.

http://www.gov.mb.ca/trade/globaltrade/agrifood/commodity/barley.html (accessed December 6, 2013).

—. "Barley Sector." Manitoba Government. n.d. http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/statistics/pdf/crop_barley_sector.pdf (accessed December 5, 2013).

Western Producer. Western Producer, November 13, 2013.


Western Cooperative Six-Row Barley Registration Trial



Background The Western Cooperative Six-Row Barley Registration Test (WCOOP) is a registration trial grown across the Northern Great Plains, which is officially recognized by the Variety Registration Office (VRO) of the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA). This test provides most of the data required to determine merit in consideration of registration of new six-row malt and feed barley varieties. Each year the test consists of between 16 to 20 entries, including checks, replicated three times and grown at 20 locations. The Prairie Registration Recommending Committee for Oats and Barley (PRCOB) is a VRO-recognized recommending body of over 80 experts on barley research, development, production and marketing. PRCOB was determined that the eastern Parkland region of Western Canada was under-represented and sought an additional location. PCDF is in its sixth year of this very important test being grown at Roblin. The 2013 WCOOP trial consists of 4 checks (AC Ranger, Vivar, CDC Mayfair and Celebration) and 12 new entries for a total of 16 entries.

Objective To evaluate six-row malt barley lines for further registration.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 16 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 16 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 50 lbs. N, 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S 15 lbs. actual P applied with seed Pesticide applied: June 11- Axial and Barricade Harvest date: September 4

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 AAFC, Brandon


Product handling: Each individual plot harvested with weight and moisture recorded Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble with 15 lbs. actual P applied with the seed. At the 2-4 leaf stage, the trial was sprayed with Axial and Barricade to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Data such as plant counts, heading date, height, maturity date and lodging was recorded throughout the growing season. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and weight was recorded. A 1 kilogram composite sample was then sent to AAFC-Brandon for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Western Cooperative Six-Row Barley Registration Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB*

BT596 SR451

BT597 SR452

BT598 SR457

BT599 SR458

BT980 SR459

EX467 SR460

SD516 SR461

SR412 SR462 * Numbered Varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration




P* 12 ppm (med) 55



Results The Prairie Grain Development Committee (PGDC), which oversees the testing and registration recommendations for potential new western Canada crop varieties, does not permit the publication of results from registration trials, in order to protect any proprietary information, as well as prevent any conflicting information prior to officially publishing the outcome of PGDC deliberations on new cultivars. The official site at Roblin provides crucial data for a large area of the Parkland regions that would otherwise be unavailable. Past tests have shown that six-row malting barley is very well-suited to this region.


Important Considerations and Recommendations

With the recent improvements in six-row malting barley varieties and the EU free trade agreement, Canada is positioning itself to potentially increase its share of the global malting market. In order for this to happen, potential buyers will require a detailed description of the varieties to ensure they have the attributes to meet their malting and brewing requirements. The Canadian Malting Barley Technical Centre (CMBTC) has a project in place to meet this requirement. It is a three-year project that ends at the closure of

2013. The project will test newly registered six-row malting barley varieties during a multi-year period and prepare a complete data package encompassing malting and brewing characteristics. The data will be used along with data from two-row malting varieties in promotional seminars and training sessions that Canada will be holding around the world. Malting barley opportunities are expanding globally. China is becoming a big player as its middle class grows and beer consumption becomes popular. The estimated Chinese demand for malting barley is 4.5 million tonnes annually. Vietnam is a new market with significant growth potential. Canada is striving to increase market share in Central and South America. They generally use two-row malt barley but they are interested in conducting brewing trials to see if six-row varieties have applications. The hope is the project will generate more buyers for Canadian six-row malt barley varieties. This will be beneficial for existing and new producers because malt barley has a market premium over feed barley. Also, the higher yield of the new varieties would give good value for feed production when the production does not meet malt status.

Conclusions The Western Canada Six-Row Barley trial is important for evaluating and providing data for the registration of new varieties. The new and improved varieties will provide Canada with new marketing opportunities in the malting industry and provide producers with a dual purpose crop that provides value in both malt and feed sectors.


Western Canada Forage Barley Coop Grain Trial

Jeff Kostuik1, Susan McEachern1, Angel Melnychenko1, Amy Stewart1 and Pat Juskiw2

Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Dr. Patricia Juskiw- Barley Breeder, Lacombe Field Crop Development

Center Susan Lajeunesse- Research Technician, Lacombe Field Crop Development Center

Background The Western Canada Forage Barley Coop Forage Trial is run under the auspices of the Prairie Recommending Committee for Oat and Barley (PRCOB). More information on PRCOB can be found at http://www.pgdc.ca/committees_ob.html. The purpose of PRCOB is to generate data for oat and barley lines for the purpose of evaluation and recommendation of lines for registration by the Varieties Office of the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA). Dr. Pat Juskiw and Susan Lajeunesse of the Field Crop Development Centre (FCDC), Lacombe, AB act as the coordinators for the Forage Barley Coop. In that capacity Pat and Susan coordinate the supply of seed to each of the cooperators. The cooperators run the trials. There were seven forage and six grain sites in 2013. There were nine entries plus four check varieties: AC Ranger, a six-row, hulled variety from AAFC-Brandon, Vivar, a six-row, hulled, semi-dwarf variety from FCDC, CDC Austenson, a two-row, hulled variety from Crop Development Centre, Saskatoon and Gadsby, a two-row, hulled variety from FCDC. AC Ranger was released by Dr. Therrien from AAFC-Brandon due to its high biomass yields, good standability and forage quality that surpassed that of Virden. Vivar has exceptionally good straw strength and for a semi-dwarf also has high grain and biomass yields. It also has better forage quality than Virden. In 2013, 2 two-row checks were also added to the Forage Coop. They were Gadsby for its scald resistance and good forage digestibility and CDC Austenson for its lodging resistance. Both Gadsby and CDC Austenson have good grain yields. These four varieties are used for comparison purposes as candidate lines must meet or exceed them for yield and quality.

Objective To evaluate different barley lines for grain analysis.

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 FCDC, Lacombe

http://www.pgdc.ca/committees_ob.html


Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 13 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 16 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 50 lbs. N, 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S 15 lbs. actual P applied with seed Pesticide applied: June 11- Axial and Barricade Harvest date: September 4 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested with weight and moisture recorded Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble with 15 lbs. actual P applied with the seed. At the 2-4 leaf stage, the trial was sprayed with Axial and Barricade to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Data such as plant counts, heading date, height, maturity date and lodging was recorded throughout the growing season. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and weight was recorded. A 600 gram composite sample was then sent to the Field Crop Development Center in Lacombe, Alberta for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Western Canada Forage Barley Coop Grain Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB*

AC Ranger FB446

CDC Austenson FB447

FB018 FB449

FB206 FB450

FB439 Gadsby

FB442 Vivar

FB445 * Numbered Varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration




P* 12 ppm (med) 55




Results Table 3. 2013 Western Canada Forage Barley Coop Grain Trial Results at Roblin, MB


Pl/m2* DTH* DTM* Height (cm)

Disease (1-9)*

Lodging (1-9)*

Visual (1-9)*

AC Ranger 12,382 227 53 98 110 4 4 4

CDC AUSTENSON

12,067 183 56 96 112 4 4 3

FB439 11,957 223 52 99 109 5 6 3

Vivar 11,512 260 54 94 104 5 3 4

FB445 11,504 203 53 97 113 5 4 4

FB018 11,469 230 53 99 116 5 6 2

FB450 10,947 233 58 98 107 3 5 3

FB449 10,860 257 57 95 103 3 4 3

FB446 10,324 243 56 98 115 4 7 2

GADSBY 9368 213 57 95 113 5 8 4

FB447 8970 233 52 93 109 6 3 3

FB442 8896 187 54 94 116 4 3 4

FB206 8813 227 58 98 127 4 7 2

Grand Mean 10,698 225 55 97 112 4 5 3

CV% 5.29 20.64 1.37 1.11 2.84 23.90 38.87 36.76

LSD 955.64 78.13 1.27 1.81 5.35 1.81 3.19 1.87

Sign Diff Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes * Pl/m


* DTH = Days to Heading * DTM = Days to Maturity * Disease (1-9) = 1- No Disease, 9- Dead Preferred * Lodging (1-9) = 1- Fully Erect, 9- Fully Flat * Visual (1-9) = 1- Very Poor, 9- Excellent


Chart 1. 2013 Western Canada Forage Barley Coop Grain Trial Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB

This trial had an excellent %CV (coefficient of variation) of 5.29. FB439 was the only experimental line that was significantly higher yielding than all the other experimental lines and the check variety GADSBY. FB439 was similar in yield to the check varieties AC Ranger, CDC AUSTENSON and Vivar. FB439 is one of the later maturing lines, with similar height and lodging resistance to the checks.

Important Considerations and Recommendations The feed barley sector consists of six-row and two-row barley varieties. Barley that does not meet human consumption quality standards is used domestically or exported for animal feed. In Manitoba the primary user of feed barley is the hog industry which comprises 30% of the national hog production. (Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Initiatives n.d.) To improve digestibility, barley grain is cracked or rolled for cattle feed and ground for the hog and chicken market. Breeding efforts are targeting specialty markets such as hulless barley cultivars for the poultry and hog industries. Other breeding efforts are developing barley varieties that are more resistant to fusarium head blight. Hogs are the most sensitive to mycotoxins in feed and the highest acceptable level in the feedstock is 1 ppm. Contracts and options for feed barley can be traded on the Winnipeg Commodity Exchange. Until August 2012, the Canadian Wheat Board (CWB) represented western Canadian


producers as the sole exporter of barley. Today the CWB is one of many options for producers to use for marketing their feed barley. (Manitoba Government n.d.) Feed barley has fierce competition in the feed grain market. There are many other options for livestock feed and price is the major driver for livestock producers in selecting their sources. The malt barley industry also competes for barley production and the malt industry offers a premium over feed prices. Also the by-products from the barley food industry have opportunities to be used in pelletized feed and other complex feed grain products. The world feed barley trade has declined over the last 10 years. This has resulted from changes in customer requirements, price sensitiveness and a trend towards least cost formulation feed mixes. Ongoing research on yield is expected to direct more attention on nutritional aspects within the grain mix of feed barley, while the high metabolic energy varieties focus on quality. (Manitoba Government n.d.) Also the recent EU free trade agreement will have positive results for the feed barley domestic and export markets. It is predicted that domestic consumption will expand with the European market opening up for Canadian hog and beef products. The removal of tariffs on feed barley exports has potential for increasing demand for raw feed barley.

Conclusions Research plays an important role in keeping an industry competitive in meeting customer needs. This is apparent in the feed barley industry with plant breeders continuing to incorporate new genetics. The EU free trade agreement plus better disease resistance, higher yield and improved quality attributes ensures barley continues to be a viable feed grain option for livestock producers.

References Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Initiatives. "Pork." Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural

Initiatives. n.d. http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/livestock/production/pork/index.html (accessed December 5, 2013).

Manitoba Government. "Barley." Manitoba Government. n.d. http://www.gov.mb.ca/trade/globaltrade/agrifood/commodity/barley.html (accessed December 6, 2013).

—. "Barley Sector." Manitoba Government. n.d. http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/statistics/pdf/crop_barley_sector.pdf (accessed December 5, 2013).


Organic Oat Trial


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Dr. Jennifer Mitchell Fetch- Oat Breeder, AAFC-CRC Winnipeg

Background Manitoba is considered one of the most productive areas in the world for oats. The long warm days combined with adequate moisture levels generates an ideal climate for growing oats. Manitoba is also centrally located to North American oat processors and it has excellent transport services via air, road and rail. (Government of Manitoba n.d.) It only makes sense that the only organic oat breeding program be located at Agriculture Canada’s Research Centre (CRC) in Winnipeg, MB. Dr. Jennifer Mitchell Fetch began the breeding experiments in 2003 and she has successfully received support to register her first organic oat variety this past February, OT8003. Dr. Mitchell Fetch made the initial cross in 2005 and then used a process called bulk breeding for generations two to five. During the bulk breeding process the most plump and well-filled seeds were used to develop the next generation. (Prairie Oat Growers Association 2013) Another component to the selection process is to grow the cultivars under an organic production system. This supports the concept of breeding genetic adaptability for the environment you intend to grow the crop in. An organic environment could potentially have higher competition from weeds, disease and pests. Organic cultivars also require optimal utilization of slow-release nitrogen from legumes versus the applied fertilizers of conventional varieties. (Stevenson 2011) The cultivars selected from an organic breeding program would therefore be more adapted to organic production practices. These varieties would also be applicable for farmers interested in low-input farming. In addition, there is the thought that these varieties would perform well in conventional farming practices. In general, all farmers could potentially benefit from the organic oat breeding program. There is an increased interest from farmers to have organic cultivars bred under organic conditions. The reasons listed above support that thought. Another concern is that organic farmers are losing access to organic and conventional seed stock varieties due to seed companies consolidating and pursuing biotechnology as a breeding tool.

Objective To test lines of organic oats grown under organic management conditions for the organic oat breeding program at AAFC Winnipeg.

1 PCDF, Roblin


Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 25 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 29 Fertilizer applied: None Pesticide applied: None Harvest date: September 16 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested with weight and moisture recorded The trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble that was not organically certified. The plots did not receive any chemical or fertilizer applications. Weed intensity was monitored throughout the growing season and data such as plant counts, heading date, height, maturity date and lodging was recorded throughout the growing season. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged with weight and moisture recorded. A 750 gram composite sample was then sent to AAFC-CRC Winnipeg for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Organic Oat Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB*

AC Morgan 04G48-OA08 07P02-OCA 07P12-OAZ 07P12-OCN

CDC Dancer 04G48-OA13 07P08-OBV 07P12-OBD 07P12-OCQ

Jordan 05P14-OA01 07P09-OAA 07P12-OBE 07P12-OCU

Leggett 05P15-OA06 07P09-OCH 07P12-OBF 07P13-OAF

04G45-OA43 05P15-OA23 07P09-ODN 07P12-OCC 09QBulk1-OCM * Numbered Varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration




P* 12 ppm (med) 0

K* 198 ppm (high) 0



Results Table 3. 2013 Organic Oat Trial Results at Roblin, MB

Variety Yield (kg/ha) Plants/Meter2 Days to Heading

Days to Maturity

Height (cm)

Jordan 9998 270 62 104 115

05P15-OA23 9478 313 55 98 121

07P02-OCA 9049 387 52 89 124

07P12-OCU 8972 307 56 95 106

05P14-OA01 8893 317 58 99 123

AC Morgan 8882 323 57 96 119

07P12-OAZ 8820 327 53 94 118

07P12-OBF 8766 320 54 96 116

07P12-OCQ 8627 330 53 94 115

Leggett 8582 363 55 95 111

04G48-OA08 8573 323 57 95 128

04G45-OA43 8486 307 52 91 126

05P15-OA06 8397 323 54 94 128

07P12-OCC 8363 347 55 96 107

07P09-OAA 8352 310 57 95 131

07P12-OBD 8320 327 55 96 111

CDC Dancer 8126 310 56 93 123

07P12-OCN 8055 280 54 96 108

04G48-OA13 7957 330 56 94 120

09QBulk1-OCM

7870 277 55 90 125

07P08-OBV 7799 317 54 92 135

07P09-OCH 7777 357 56 94 138

07P12-OBE 7772 313 54 94 114

07P13-OAF 7559 353 56 91 130

07P09-ODN 7431 380 57 95 141

Grand Mean 8436 324 55 95 121

CV% 5.95 17.30 1.85 1.15 4.34

LSD 825.08 92.12 1.68 1.79 8.65

Sign Diff Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


Chart 1. 2013 Organic Oat Trial Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB

The trial consists of four checks, Jordan, AC Morgan, Leggett and CDC Dancer. Jordan was the highest yielding entry in the test and it was significantly higher yielding than all the other entries except for 05P15-OA23. 05P15-OA23 was comparable in yield to AC Morgan and significantly higher yielding than Leggett and CDC Dancer. 05P15-OA23 is significantly earlier than Jordan and significantly later than AC Morgan, Leggett and CDC Dancer. 05P15-OA23 is similar in height to Jordan, AC Morgan and CDC Dancer, and significantly shorter than Leggett. The remaining entries are comparable to a check in the test and there were no entries that were significantly lower yielding than all the checks. Please see Chart 1 for a more thorough evaluation of each entry for yield and Table 3 for maturity and height.

Important Considerations and Recommendations Manitoba is centrally located to oat processing plants. General Mills, one of the world’s largest food companies, is a nearby neighbour at Minneapolis, MN, USA. Today, General Mills provides 60 million servings of ready to eat cereal and 14 million Nature Valley Bars. Oat is one of the largest grain crops purchased by General Mills and Canada is a significant source for their products. General Mills has taken a holistic approach to sustainable agriculture including reducing environmental impacts and improving the overall value chain. They are developing


relationships with producers, suppliers, industry associations and other partners to ensure they are sourcing sustainable raw materials for their products. Integrated Pest Management (IPM) is one component of their focus on sustainable agriculture. General Mill’s IPM program looks at minimizing the use of pesticides on the crops and the ingredients that they source. Organic production would meet that requirement. In Canada, General Mills is participating in the launch of the Western Canada Sustainability Pilot in Manitoba and Saskatchewan. They began their recruitment of growers this past season. Partnerships have been developed with organizations such as Prairie Oat Growers Association, Crop Life and Ducks Unlimited. (General Mills 2013) Canada has a number of suppliers and manufacturers for the oat industry as well. Richardson International headquartered in Winnipeg, MB, has grown its oat business with the acquisition of Viterra’s oat and specialty business. Richardson Milling has the most extensive oat supply chain in North America and offers a full range of oat ingredients including oat groats, flakes, flour and bran. Their portfolio expands even further into value-added ingredients such as coated whole grains and granola clusters. (Germination 2013) Oats also have applications in the cosmeceutical, nutraceutical and therapeutical industries. Oats have been used since Roman times for soothing the skin. In 2003, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration formally recognized colloidal oatmeal as a skin protectant and for the relief of minor skin irritations and itching. An Edmonton company, Ceapro, has developed a list of new oat products specifically targeted for these industries. The opportunities are huge and there is optimism that there will be value added benefits to the farmer. (Prairie Oat Growers Association 2013) Since Manitoba is the most productive area in the world for oats, it is important that PCDF supports the breeding efforts of Dr. Jennifer Mitchell Fetch. The last two years of organic oat trials have indicated organic oat breeding and production is worth a consideration. The two year average yield for 2012 and 2013 for the organically grown oat trials versus the conventionally grown oat trials was 199 bu/acre and 214 bu/acre, respectively. The slight reduction in yield is insignificant when overall revenue per acre is computed from the differences in input costs and market price for the two production systems. Also, general observations for seed quality were positive for the organic oats. The seeds appeared larger with no discoloration on the seed coat. Weed competition was good and minimal weeds were observed within the plots.

Conclusions Continued support with the testing of the organic oat cultivars would be beneficial for all producers in the Parkland area. The organic oat breeding program is definitely generating cultivars that are high yielding, provide excellent weed competition and with larger seed size. These attributes are appealing to all producers, organic or conventional. Natural selection and regional adaptation to the Parkland region is achieved by having PCDF as one of the testing locations.


References General Mills . General Mills . 2013.

http://www.generalmills.com/en/Responsibility/Sourcing.aspx (accessed October 5, 2013).

Germination. "Industry News." Germination, September 2013: 44. Government of Manitoba. Oats. n.d.

http://www.gov.mb.ca/trade/globaltrade/agrifood/commodity/oats.html (accessed October 5, 2013).

Prairie Oat Growers Association. "The Oat Scoop." Prairie Oat Growers Association. March 2013. http://www.poga.ca/files/2_OatScoopMarch2013_web.pdf (accessed October 5, 2013).

Stevenson, Lorraine. "First organically bred wheat and oat lines enter co-op trials." Manitoba Cooperator. July 28, 2011. http://www.manitobacooperator.ca/2011/07/28/first-organically-bred-wheat-and-oat-lines (accessed October 5, 2013).


Canadian International Grains Institute Canada Western Red Spring Wheat Trial


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Canadian International Grains Institute, Winnipeg MB

Elaine Sopiwnyk- Analytical Services, Canadian International Grains Institute, Winnipeg, MB

Dale Alderson- Independent Seed Consultant, East St. Paul, MB

Background The Canadian International Grains Institute (Cigi) is an independent market development institute established in 1972, based out of Winnipeg, Manitoba. They provide technical expertise, support, applied research and customized agricultural training to the field crop industry including farmers, researchers, marketers, processors and end-product manufacturers. Throughout the past 40 years, Cigi has delivered 1,430 programs and has continued to expand its expertise in processing and testing capabilities for wheat, durum, pulses, barley, oilseeds and special crops. Cigi’s work in specific markets has given them an in-depth understanding of customer and consumer preferences with respect to specific end-product applications. For example, the different textural and color requirements for Asian noodles in Japan, China, Indonesia, Thailand and Taiwan; how pasta processing requirements and products differ in markets like Italy and Venezuela and the significant range of processing conditions and formulations that exist in bakeries producing bread and other products in the United Kingdom, Peru and Colombia. (Canadian International Grains Institute 2013)

China’s state-owned company, COFCO has raised concerns about the poor baking quality of Canadian wheat. COFCO is concerned about weak gluten strength in some of the Canadian wheat. Gluten protein is important for keeping the shape of baking goods through the baking process. Part of the issue could be related to the many different varieties of wheat grown by Canadian farmers. Cigi is conducting field research in hopes to address the issue and produce wheat with proper gluten levels for the Asian markets. (Nickel 2013)

This year at PCDF, Cigi conducted a trial to study the impact of fungicide and variety on gluten strength for the Asian market for producing pasta, noodles and other baking products.

Objective To study the impact of fungicide application and wheat variety on gluten strength.

1 PCDF, Roblin


Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 18: 6 varieties, 3 fungicide treatments (Table 1) Replication: 2 Plot size: 4m x 19m Test design: Split Plot Design: Main Plot- Fungicide, Split Plot- Variety Seeding date: May 21 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 100 lbs. N, 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S 20 lbs. actual P applied with seed Pesticide applied: June 11- Axial and Barricade June 28- Buctril M and Twinline July 15- Folicur Harvest date: September 16 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested with weight and moisture recorded Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble with 20 lbs. actual P applied with the seed. Axial and Barricade were used to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Fungicide applications were applied accordingly; a no fungicide application (control), a group 3 fungicide at flowering and a group 3 and 11 combination where a group 11 fungicide was applied at flag leaf and group 3 fungicide at flowering. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and weight and moisture were recorded. A 25 kilogram sample from each plot was then sent to Cigi in Winnipeg for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Cigi Canada Western Red Spring Wheat Trial Treatments at Roblin, MB

Fungicide Treatment

Seed Variety Fungicide Treatment

Seed Variety Fungicide Treatment

Seed Variety

None

AC Barrie

Group 3 @ Flower

AC Barrie Group 11 @ Flag, Group 3 @ Flower

AC Barrie

Carberry Carberry Carberry

Harvest Harvest Harvest

Kane Kane Kane

Lillian Lillian Lillian

Unity VB Unity VB Unity VB




P* 12 ppm (med) 60




Results Table 3. 2013 Cigi Canada Western Red Spring Wheat Trial Yield (kg/ha and bu/ac) at Roblin, MB

HRSW Variety Fungicide Treatment Yield (kg/ha) Yield (bu/ac) Significant Difference

Harvest Grp3 Fung @ Flwr 5852 87 a

Harvest Grp3@Flwr+11@Flag 5715 85 a

Harvest Control 5271 78 b

KANE Grp3 Fung @ Flwr 5228 78 b

KANE Grp3@Flwr+11@Flag 5214 78 b

KANE Control 4852 72 defg

Carberry Grp3 Fung @ Flwr 5150 77 bc

Carberry Grp3@Flwr+11@Flag 4959 74 cde

Carberry Control 4699 70 fgh

Unity VB Grp3@Flwr+11@Flag 5146 77 bc

Unity VB Grp3 Fung @ Flwr 4925 73 cdef

Unity VB Control 4757 71 efgh

Lillian Grp3 Fung @ Flwr 5001 74 cd

Lillian Control 4811 72 defg

Lillian Grp3@Flwr+11@Flag 4765 71 efgh

AC Barrie Grp3 Fung @ Flwr 4765 71 efgh

AC Barrie Grp3@Flwr+11@Flag 4678 70 gh

AC Barrie Control 4546 68 h

Grand Mean (kg/ha): 5019

CV%: 2.2

LSD: 230.3 kg

Significant Difference: Yes

This trial allows us to extract some agronomic data regarding the cost/benefit to fungicide applications and yield boost. Firstly, is there a significant benefit to fungicide applications versus no fungicide application? Secondly, is there any significant benefit between applying fungicides at flowering and flag leaf or a single application at the flag leaf stage? Thirdly, are there varietal differences? Table 3 outlines the significant differences between the wheat varieties and their respective fungicide applications. The varieties Harvest, KANE and Carberry illustrate a significant increase in yield by applying the two fungicide treatments versus no fungicide at all. Unity had a significant increase in yield only when the plot received the split application of Grp-3 @ flowering and Grp-11 at flag leaf stage. There was no significant increase in yield for Barrie and Lillian when either fungicide application was conducted. There was no significant difference in yield between the two fungicide applications for all the varieties except for Lillian. In regards to Lillian, the yield was significantly higher for the fungicide application at flowering versus the split application at flowering and flag leaf. An important consideration when reviewing the data is varietal differences in disease resistance and if this has a bearing on fungicide response. All the varieties except Harvest


have resistance to prevalent races of leaf and steam rust. Harvest has moderate resistance. Barrie, Unity, Carberry and KANE have resistance to common bunt, whereas Lillian has intermediate resistance. Harvest has fair resistance to common bunt. Barrie is the only variety that has resistance to loose smut. All the rest have intermediate resistance. Harvest is the only variety with the least optimum disease resistance package. The positive yield response to fungicide applications is therefore expected for Harvest. The positive yield response for KANE, Carberry and Unity are not expected and there is no clear explanation. (Canadian Journal of Plant Science 2013) Chart 1. 2013 Cigi Canada Western Red Spring Wheat Trial Yield (kg/ha) at Roblin, MB

Important Considerations and Recommendations PCDF conducted a fungicide trial in 2009. The trial entailed the CWRS variety Harvest and the fungicide Tilt. The results for that trial indicated there was no significant yield increase when the fungicide was applied at the flag leaf stage. This is contradictory to the trial results for 2013. This emphasizes that the benefit to fungicide applications on wheat is inconsistent and a general recommendation for fungicide use requires more research. Factors that could contribute to this inconsistency are growing conditions for the season, disease pressure at the time of and after the fungicide application and were the proper crop stages achieved at the time of application.


Conclusions In regards to the agronomic portion of this trial, more research is required to determine the cost/benefit to producers with the application of fungicides in wheat. Results from 2009 and 2013 are inconsistent for the variety Harvest. Producers need to review the growing conditions each year to determine if disease pressure will be severe enough to justify the cost of a fungicide application. In regards to conducting the research for Cigi’s mandate, PCDF will continue to participate in this trial as agreed upon at the onset of the trial.

References Canadian International Grains Institute. Cigi Knowledge at Work for You. 2013.

http://cigi.ca/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Cigi-Knowledge-at-work-for-you_Brochure_130114011.pdf (accessed November 6, 2013).

Canadian Journal of Plant Science. "AC Barrie hard red spring wheat." Agricultural Institute of Canada. 2013. http://pubs.aic.ca/doi/abs/10.4141/cjps96-059 (accessed December 3, 2013).

—. "Carberry hard red spring wheat." Agricultural Institute of Canada. 2013. http://pubs.aic.ca/doi/abs/10.4141/cjps10187 (accessed December 3, 2013).

—. "Harvest hard red spring wheat." Agricultural Institute of Canada. 2013. http://pubs.aic.ca/doi/abs/10.4141/CJPS09114 (accessed December 3, 2013).

—. "KANE hard red spring wheat." Agricultural Institute of Canada. 2013. http://pubs.aic.ca/doi/abs/10.4141/CJPS06043 (accessed December 3, 2013).

—. "Lillian hard red spring wheat." Agricultural Institute of Canada. 2013. http://pubs.aic.ca/doi/abs/10.4141/P04-137 (accessed December 3, 2013).

—. "Unity hard red spring wheat." Agricultural Institute of Canada. 2013. http://pubs.aic.ca/doi/abs/10.4141/CJPS09024 (accessed December 3, 2013).

Nickel, Rod. "China complains about Canadian wheat's gluten strength." Grainews. Grainews. April 2, 2013. http://www.grainews.ca/news/china-complains-about-canadian-wheats-gluten-strength/1002194705/ (accessed November 6, 2013).


Canada Western Red Spring Wheat Trial


Site Information Location: Russell, Manitoba Cooperators: Denise Schmidt- Regional Business Manager, FP Genetics Keating Seed Farms, Russell, Manitoba

Background

The CWRS trial was conducted in collaboration with FP Genetics and Mark Keating of Keating Seed Farms. FP Genetics was founded in 2008 with the goal of providing a reputable seed production, distribution and sales force for producers in Western Canada. The company is owned by a shareholder network that spans from the Red River Valley in Manitoba to the Peace River district of Alberta. FP Genetics offers over 60 varieties of crop types including wheat. Wheat is one of Manitoba’s most important crops and occupies the largest area of crop by area. Canada

Western Red Spring (CWRS) is the largest class of wheat grown in Western Canada. The diverse market potential for CWRS has allowed it to be exported to over 70 countries. Canada has consistently been a major producer of high quality wheat on the world stage. CWRS offers superior gluten strength and can be blended with lower protein wheat to improve the quality of flours. (Government of Manitoba n.d.)

This class of wheat is superior for its milling and baking quality and has various guaranteed protein levels. Varietal differences and growing conditions can impact the protein content and quality. Millers and bakers require certain levels of protein to ensure consistency in their end use products. The main end uses for CWRS are high volume pan bread, hearth bread, steamed bread, noodles, flat bread and common wheat pasta. (Canadian Grain Commission 2008)

There are a number of factors that can affect the quality of the seed. Diseases such as fusarium head blight and ergot, as well as insect damage from midge can result in significant

1 PCDF, Roblin


losses to the producer by downgrading the sample. See Table 1 for a breakdown of the CWRS classifications and the tolerated thresholds for each grade. Table 1. Canada Western Red Spring Grade Determinant Table

Grade Name Minimum % Protein

% Fusarium Damage

% Midge % Ergot

No. 1 CWRS 10 0.25 2 0.01

No. 2 CWRS No minimum 0.8 5 0.02



CW Feed No minimum 4 No limit 0.10

Grade, if specs for CW Feed not met

- %FD > 10%, Commercial

Salvage

- Sample

(Government of Saskatchewan 2008)

Objective To evaluate different varieties of Canada Western Red Spring Wheat in terms of yield and quality in the Parkland region of Manitoba.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 7 (Table 2) Replication: 4 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 24 Fertilizer applied: 25 lbs. actual P applied with seed Pesticide applied: June 17- Axial and Curtail M Harvest date: September 9 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested with weight and moisture recorded The trial was seeded into tilled canola stubble with 25 lbs. actual P applied with the seed. Axial and Curtail M were used to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Various data parameters were collected throughout the growing season. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and weight was recorded. A 750 gram composite sample was then sent to Intertek Laboratory in Winnipeg for further quality analysis. Table 2. 2013 Canada Western Red Spring Wheat Trial Varieties at Russell, MB

Carberry Pasteur

Cardale Utmost

Harvest Vesper

Muchmore


Results Table 3. 2013 Canada Western Red Spring Wheat Trial Report of Analysis**

Variety Grade Reason for

Grade

Dockage %

Protein %

MST* %

TWT* (kg/hl)

Ergot %

Fus Dmg*

%

Midge %

Carberry TF Wheat,

3 CWRS*

0.028% Ergot, 2.8% Grass Green

Nil 12.7 16.2 80.7 0.028 Nil 0.3

Cardale 3 CWRS*

0.04% Ergot

Nil 12.5 14.2 81.0 0.040 Nil 0.4

CDC Utmost

2 CWRS*

1.2% Grass Green

Nil 12.6 14.5 80.5 Nil Nil 0.2

Harvest Wheat Sample Account

Ergot

0.12% Ergot

Nil 12.2 14.3 82.2 0.120 0.05 0.2

Muchmore TF Wheat,

3 CWRS*

0.03% Ergot, 2.8% Grass Green

Nil 12.4 15.5 81.2 0.030 0.05 0.5

Pasteur TF Wheat,

2 CWRS*

1.0% Grass Green

Nil 10.5 17.0 79.7 Nil Nil 0.2

Vesper TF Wheat,

2 CWRS*

1.2% Grass Green

Nil 11.9 15.0 82.2 0.006 Nil 0.2

* MST = Moisture * TWT (kg/hl) = Test Weight in Kilograms per Hectolitre * Fus Dmg = Fusarium Damage * CWRS = Canadian Western Red Spring ** Analysis by Intertek, Winnipeg

Table 4. 2013 Canada Western Red Spring Wheat Trial Results at Russell, MB

Variety Yield (kg/ha) Pl/m2* Height (cm) DTM* Disease (1-9)*

CDC Utmost 5890 323 95 92 5

Harvest 5862 305 96 92 5

Pasteur 5792 318 90 102 2

Vesper 5296 298 102 92 4

Muchmore 5090 265 86 95 3

Carberry 4701 228 90 96 3

Cardale 4180 288 90 91 5


Grand Mean 5259 289 93 94 4

CV % 10 22 3.5 1.1 15.1

LSD 783 94.5 4.9 1.5 0.8

Sign Diff Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes * Pl/m


* DTM = Days to Maturity * Disease (1-9) = Disease Rating 1- No Disease, 9- Severe Disease

Chart 1. 2013 Canada Western Red Spring Wheat Trial Grain Yield (bu/ac) at Russell, MB

For the 2013 yield data, CDC Utmost and Harvest were similar in yield to Pasteur and Vesper and significantly higher yielding than Muchmore, Carberry and Cardale. All the varieties except Carberry were significantly higher yielding than Cardale. Maturity ranged from 91 to 102 days. Pasteur was significantly later maturing than all the other varieties. Cardale, CDC Utmost, Harvest and Vesper were significantly earlier than the other varieties. In respect to protein content, all the varieties met the minimum grading standard for protein content. Protein levels for the majority of the varieties ranged from 12.2 to 12.7%. Pasteur and Vesper were lower at 10.5% and 11.9% respectively. The levels for fusarium head blight were minimal to non-existent. There was no impact to down grading the samples. Harvest and Muchmore were the only varieties that had minimal levels of fusarium infestation in their samples. Ergot levels were significant and varietal


differences were observed. CDC Utmost, Pasteur and Vesper met the minimum standard for No. 1 CWRS. Carberry, Cardale, Muchmore and Harvest were graded as No. 2, No. 3, No. 3 and CW feed respectively. The % midge damage to the sample was minor and all the varieties met the minimum requirement for No. 1 CWRS. Table 5. Three Year Summary (2011, 2012 & 2013) for Canada Western Red Spring Wheat Trial at Russell, MB

Variety Yield (kg/ha) Protein % Midge %

Pasteur 4753 Only 1 year Only 1 year

CDC Utmost 4714 16.0 1.46

AC Barrie 4322 16.0 1.48

CDC Go 4289 15.7 1.96

Vesper 4210 Only 1 year Only 1 year

Muchmore 4207 15.0 3.37

Harvest 4064 16.0 1.09

Carberry 3977 15.5 2.82

Goodeve 3903 16.5 1.31

Alvena 3894 17.0 2.52

KANE 3818 15.3 2.05

Cardale 3174 Only 1 year Only 1 year

Std Error 583.1 0.1 0.74

Significance % 10 5 No Significance

Important Considerations and Recommendations Each year brings challenges to wheat producers in crop insurance risk areas 7 and 9. 2013 was no exception with growing conditions being ideal for high yields and the development of ergot in the wheat samples. Grading tolerances for ergot are set based on the results of scientific research conducted by the Canadian Grain Commission (CGC) and recommendations made to the CGC by the Western and Eastern Standards Commissions. Both committees are comprised of members from all parts of the industry, including grain producers. The committee conducts a bi-yearly assessment of the grading standards to ensure they are relevant. Tolerances for ergot are tight for safety and quality reasons. Ergot is toxic to both humans and animals and at alarming small amounts. This toxicity cannot be reduced through processing. Any flour or feed made from ergot-infected wheat will still be toxic. The toxic component is called alkaloids. The alkaloids found in ergot are also similar to the components found in the drug LSD. Human symptoms of ergot poisoning include impaired blood circulation, causing alternating burning and freezing sensations, followed by gangrene of extremities. This symptom is referred to as St. Anthony's Fire. Nervous convulsions can also occur and lead to eventual


death. Animal symptoms to ergot poisoning may include lameness, loss of body parts from gangrene, abortions in pregnant animals, seizures and eventually death. Consumption of contaminated feeds with sub-lethal doses may still lead to problems of poor growth and performance, loss of milk production in lactating animals and animals going "off feed." (Government of Saskatchewan 2008) Ergot is difficult to clean from wheat because most cleaning systems clean on the basis of size and shape. Ergot is very similar to wheat in both respects. Many seed cleaning companies and some licensed primary elevators have the capacity to remove ergot by using specialized equipment. The most common means for removing ergot is through the use of a gravity table and implementing differences in density to remove the ergot bodies. A colour sorter is a new technology and it is very effective in cleaning out the ergot bodies. (Canadian Grain Commission 2012)

Conclusions There are some significant differences in yield and quality for CWRS varieties that are being grown in risk areas 7 and 9. Protein levels met the minimum requirement for No.1 grade for all the varieties. Midge and fusarium head blight were non-events in 2013 with no to minimal impact to the sample quality. Ergot was a prominent disease this year and grading differences were observed between the varieties.

References Canadian Grain Commission. Canada Western Red Spring. December 30, 2008.

http://www.grainscanada.gc.ca/wheat-ble/classes/cwrs-eng.htm (accessed November 6, 2013).

—. Ergot and its effect on your wheat grade. January 17, 2012. http://www.grainscanada.gc.ca/fact-fait/ergot-eng.htm (accessed November 25, 2013).

Government of Manitoba. Wheat Sector. n.d. http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/statistics/pdf/crop_wheat_sector.pdf (accessed November 6, 2013).

Government of Saskatchewan. Ergot of Cereals and Grasses. 2008. http://www.agriculture.gov.sk.ca/ergot-of-cereal-grasses (accessed November 25, 2013).


Parkland Cooperative Wheat Trial


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Dr. Gavin Humphreys- Wheat Breeder, AAFC Winnipeg Alanna Olson- Research Technician, AAFC Beaverlodge

Background For wheat breeders like Gavin Humphreys, Canada’s registration system can be, in his own words, a hard hill to climb. But it’s worth it. Gavin Humphreys, with Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada in Winnipeg, works with hard red and hard white wheat lines, and says the registration system is key to Canada’s reputation for consistently high quality CWRS wheat. Gavin says as a breeder, once a line has been tested and has potential, there are six location years of data needed to support the line. He can choose from the Parkland, Western and Central Bread Wheat Trials. These so-called co-op trials are conducted on eight to thirteen sites across the specified region and contain replicated plots. The purpose of this trial is to evaluate high yielding, new hard red spring wheat lines for the Parkland Region. New wheat lines go through three years of co-op trials and are evaluated for agronomy (maturity, standability, yield and so on), disease and milling/baking quality. Grade checks are done at every location. All the grain is collected from all the sites within a region and sent to the Grain Research Centre’s lab in Winnipeg to be evaluated. The samples are then tested for protein content, milling performance, dough mixing quality and baking performance. All the results are summarized. In February, the Prairie Recommending Committee for Wheat, Rye and Triticale (PRCWRT) meets to review all the data on new lines proposed for registration and pronounce their suitability. For many international buyers, Canada’s registration system is an assurance of quality and trust is not misplaced. “I can’t think of a CWRS variety with desirable end-use quality in the co-op trials that was released commercially and then did not deliver similar quality in the field and market,” says Humphreys. (Farm Forum 2009) This is the third year that the Parkland Cooperative Trial was located at the PCDF site.

1 PCDF, Roblin


Objective The objectives of the Parkland “C” Wheat Cooperative Trial include:

1. To evaluate CWRS breeding lines for their adaptation to the Parkland and Peace River cultivation regions of western Canada through field trials at selected locations. Agronomic data including grain yield, days to maturity, plant height and lodging is collected by site collaborators at each site.

2. To evaluate CWRS breeding lines for their resistance to Leaf Rust, Stem Rust, Common Bunt and Fusarium Head Blight pathogens. Disease evaluation is done by scientists from AAFC in Winnipeg or Lethbridge (Common Bunt).

3. To test and evaluate the end use quality of CWRS breeding lines, through testing of composite grain samples generated from the Parkland Cooperative tests. Scientists at the Grain Research Laboratory of the Canadian Grain Commission conduct the testing.

4. To provide the data to wheat breeders that can be used to request support for registration of CWRS breeding lines that demonstrate improved adaptation to the Parkland and Peace River cultivation regions.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 30 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Lattice Seeding date: May 16 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 100 lbs. N, 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S 20 lbs. actual P applied with seed Pesticide applied: June 11- Axial and Barricade Harvest date: September 12 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested with weight and moisture recorded Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble with 20 lbs. actual P applied with the seed. The trial was sprayed with Axial and Barricade to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Data such as plant counts, heading date, height, maturity date and lodging was recorded throughout the growing season. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and weight and moisture were recorded. A 1.5 kilogram composite sample was then sent to AAFC-CRC Beaverlodge for further quality analysis.


Table 1. 2013 Parkland Cooperative Wheat Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB*

AC Splendor PT 472 PT 638

CDC Osler PT 474 PT 642

CDC Teal PT 476 PT 643

Katepwa PT 477 PT 644

PT 245 PT 478 PT 769

PT 246 PT 588 PT 772

PT 248 PT 592 PT 773

PT 249 PT 593 PT 774

PT 250 PT 594 PT 776

PT 468 PT 637 PT 777 * Numbered Varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration




P* 12 ppm (med) 60



Results Table 3. 2013 Parkland Cooperative Wheat Trial Results at Roblin, MB


Pl/m2* DTF* DTM* Height (cm)

Disease (1-9)*

Lodging (1-9)*

Sign. Diff.

Yield*

PT 588 9603 360 57 108 102 3 3 a

PT 245 9315 383 58 106 100 3 3 a

PT 769 8863 430 58 104 107 5 6 b

PT 474 8744 323 58 108 104 5 7 bc

CDC Osler

8649 400 58 106 104 4 8 bc

PT 638 8629 400 56 108 108 5 4 bcd

PT 472 8581 367 54 106 101 4 7 bcde

PT 776 8393 400 59 108 115 2 7 cdef

PT 772 8359 400 55 106 102 6 5 cdef

PT 642 8248 393 56 108 103 4 3 defg

PT 777 8202 367 59 106 105 4 8 efgh

AC Splendor

8201 397 56 103 107 4 8 efgh

PT 250 8177 370 58 109 100 5 7 fgh

PT 592 8169 440 58 106 102 4 7 fghi

PT 468 8126 367 58 105 103 5 7 fghi

PT 249 8054 363 57 104 106 5 6 fghij


PT 644 7957 353 56 105 114 7 7 ghijk

PT 593 7882 400 58 108 96 3 6 ghijk

PT 594 7867 370 59 107 101 4 6 ghijk

Katepwa 7833 410 57 106 107 5 8 hijkl

PT 477 7788 407 55 109 105 4 7 ijklm

PT 478 7727 460 57 105 99 3 5 jklm

PT 774 7724 380 58 106 113 4 5 jklm

PT 248 7695 447 59 108 93 4 8 jklm

CDC Teal

7602 360 59 108 104 4 7 klm

PT 773 7569 407 59 108 103 5 5 klm

PT 643 7446 423 56 108 106 3 7 lmn

PT 637 7418 380 59 110 111 5 6 mn

PT 246 7119 430 58 107 109 3 7 n

PT 476 6543 370 54 103 104 4 9 o

Grand Mean

8083 392 57 107 104 4 6 --

CV% 2.93 13.96 1.04 1.20 1.39 20.04 8.84 --

LSD 387.63 89.62 0.98 2.10 2.98 1.38 0.90 --

Sign Diff Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes -- * Pl/m


* DTF = Days to Flower * DTM = Days to Maturity * Disease (1-9) = 1- No Disease, 9- Dead Preferred * Lodging (1-9) = 1- Fully Erect, 9- Fully Flat * Sign. Diff. Yield = Significant Difference According to Yield

The check varieties for this test are Katepwa, AC Splendor, CDC Teal and CDC Osler. From the data in Table 3, there are two cultivars that are significantly higher yielding than all the checks. They are PT588 and PT245. The maturity for PT588 and PT245 is similar to CDC Osler, Katepwa and CDC Teal and significantly later than AC Splendor. They have significant improvements in standability and good disease resistance. They are slightly shorter than the checks for height. This is the first year of testing for PT588 and the second year for PT245 at the Roblin location. The 2012 data package for PT245 can be seen at: http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/diversification/pcdf/reports.html

http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/diversification/pcdf/reports.html


Chart 1. 2013 Parkland Cooperative Wheat Trial Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB

Important Considerations and Recommendations Wheat is one of Manitoba’s more important cereal crops. In the 2011 census, wheat represented 14 to 17% of Canada’s total wheat production. Wheat is an important part of the crop rotation for most farmers and it breaks disease cycles that may plague oilseeds and pulses. Based on the 2011 census, acreage had been declining do to the reduced economic returns from wheat. (Manitoba Government n.d.) The Canadian Wheat Board monopoly on wheat marketing ended August 1, 2012. Since that pivotal time, producers have access

to more marketing options than ever before. Pricing options are more competitive and producers have the ability to maximize economic returns for a relatively easy crop to grow.


Conclusions The Parkland Cooperative Wheat trial is tailored for developing varieties that are best adapted to the Parkland region of production. It is important that PCDF continues its collaboration with this project to ensure local producers have awareness and access to new CWRS varieties.

References Farm Forum. "A Reputation Built on Qualtiy." Farm Forum. 2009. http://farmforum.ca/article/a-

reputation-built-on-qaulity-2/ (accessed November 4, 2011). Manitoba Government. "Wheat Sector." Manitoba Government. n.d.

www.gov.mb.ca agriculture statistics pdf crop wheat sector.pdf (accessed December 5, 2013).


Feed Grains

Pioneer Grain Corn Trial


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Arron Nerbas- Sales Consultant, Pioneer Seeds Jeremy Andres- Sales Consultant, Pioneer Seeds

Background Field corn in Manitoba is grown for human and livestock consumption. The three main climatic variables that affect adaptation in Manitoba are day length, temperature and rainfall. Day length and temperature affect development (flowering and maturity) and temperature and rainfall affect growth (yield). In Manitoba, cumulative temperatures such as Corn Heat Units (CHU) are closely related to development. CHU are better than calendar days for measuring time between stages because in warmer regions, more CHU are accumulated per day, so corn develops faster per day than in cooler regions. Local factors such as soil type, slope of land, elevation and shelter will modify the growing conditions. Corn hybrids in Manitoba are given a CHU rating, providing a base for selecting hybrids for a particular location.

When calculating the CHU each day for corn, there are several considerations:

Day and night temperatures are treated separately

No growth is assumed to occur with night temperatures below 4.4°C or day temperatures below 10°C

Maximum growth occurs at 30°C and decreases with higher temperatures (Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Initiatives n.d.) Corn generally performs best on well-drained, sandy or sandy loam soils. Warm spring soil is important for rapid early season growth. In order to select the best hybrid, the CHU rating of the farm, the CHU of the hybrid and whether the hybrid will be grown for grain or silage must be known. (Manitoba Agriculture and Food 2001)

The average corn heat units for the Roblin/Russell region are 2100-2300 CHU. Some of the varieties grown in the PCDF 2013 trial were in that range and some were just under at 2000 CHU and 2050 CHU. Developing new varieties of corn with proper heat units that suit the region gives producers an advantage in crop rotations, along with potential economic benefits. Seed companies see the advantage by expanding corn acres in areas that do not traditionally grow this heat loving crop.

1 PCDF, Roblin


Objective To evaluate different varieties of grain corn as a possible cropping option for Parkland area producers.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 4 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 17 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 200 lbs. N, 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S 15 lbs. actual P applied with seed Pesticide applied: June 11- Roundup June 25- Roundup July 2- Roundup Harvest date: October 18 Product handling: All cobs from each plot were picked by hand and then ran through the

combine. The grain was collected then dried. Weight and moisture were recorded once samples were dry.

Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The trial was seeded into wheat stubble with 15 lbs. actual P applied with the seed. Throughout the growing season, the trial was sprayed three times with Roundup to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Plant counts and heights were recorded. All the cobs from each plot were picked by hand and then they were put through the combine. The grain was collected and then dried. Once the samples were dry, weight and moisture were recorded. Table 1. 2013 Pioneer Grain Corn Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB

39F44 (2000 CHU) P7443 (2100 CHU)

P7213R (2050 CHU) 39M26 (2100 CHU)

Table 2. 2013 Spring Soil Nutrient Analysis from 0-24” Depth at the Roblin, MB Site **


N* 40 lbs/acre (high) 200

P* 5 ppm (low) 55


S* 14 lbs/acre (low) 10 * N- Nitrate * P- Phosphorus (Olsen) * K- Potassium *S- Sulphate ** Analysis by Agvise Laboratories


Results Table 3. 2013 Pioneer Grain Corn Trial Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB

Variety Yield (bu/acre)

P7443R 192

P7213R 191

39M26 180

39F44 174

Grand Mean: 184

CV %: 6.6

LSD: 24.2

Sign Diff: No

Chart 1. 2013 Pioneer Grain Corn Trial Grain Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB

Yield was the only data parameter collected for this trial. There were no significant differences in yield between the varieties. This is as expected since the CHU requirement for these varieties is 2000 to 2100. The calculated CHU for the Roblin area in 2013 was 2501 to 2600. (Manitoba Corn Committee 2013)


Important Considerations and Recommendations Seed corn is extending its presence into new production zones in the province. Producers are always researching new cropping options to make their business more profitable and sustainable. Seed companies have recognized producers’ need for diversification. Companies are committing resources into their corn breeding programs to develop earlier maturing varieties that require lower CHUs and are more adapted to shorter and cooler growing conditions. Seed companies such as DuPont Pioneer and Monsanto have built and/or expanded existing facilities to accommodate this mandate. Monsanto established a corn breeding facility in Carman, MB as their first big step to a $100 million effort. A second facility will be built in Saskatchewan and Alberta or portions in both provinces. Monsanto is conservatively estimating 8 to 10 million acres of corn in Western Canada by 2025. (Pratt 2013) DuPont Pioneer has built a canola and corn research facility in Ardrossan, AB (near Edmonton). They have completed a facility expansion at their multi-crop research centre in Carman, MB. Their goal is to develop corn varieties by 2018 that require as low as 1850 CHUs. (Western Producer 2013) Manitoba Agricultural Services Corporation’s (MASC) crop insurance program also recognizes that corn is being grown outside of its normal production zones. In 2013, the crop insurance program announced that there would be a “Grain Corn Insurance Test” area added to its insurance areas. The test area encompasses risk areas 6, 7, 8 and 16. The coverage for this new area will be 80 per cent of the lowest probable yield in any of the current insured areas. Producers can select coverage of 50, 70 or 80 per cent of that level. The premium will be the same cost despite the lower coverage. (Dawson 2013) (Manitoba Agricultural Services Corporation 2013) Manitoba producers increased their grain corn acreage from 273,000 in 2012 to 334,620 in 2013. (Manitoba Corn Committee 2013) The expectation is that corn will displace other cereal acreage and the main end use will be for livestock feed. Corn has higher yield potential than other cereals so there is an opportunity to produce more feed per acre on the same land. (Western Producer 2013) Science has broken many barriers in corn genetics and its applications in production. Corn hybrids can manufacture their own built-in pesticides to combat pests. Drought tolerance to expand production areas and stabilize production swings. Another interesting twist to corn production is the research being done by a U.K.-based company called Azotic Technologies. They are poised to introduce a biological seed treatment that will enable corn plants to fix their own nitrogen in a similar manner as soybeans and other legumes. (Country Guide 2013)

Conclusions The four varieties performed similar in yield. This is as expected since all four varieties had a pre-determined CHU of 2000 to 2100 and this is within the calculated CHU for this area. A number of seed companies are investing significant resources into developing corn varieties


with lower CHU requirements and expanding corn acres into shorter and cooler production zones. It is important that PCDF continues to evaluate potential corn varieties for this area.

References Country Guide. Country Guide, September 8, 2013. Dawson, Allan. "Man. crop insurance to expand areas for heat-loving crops." Grainews,

February 25, 2013. Manitoba Agricultural Services Corporation. Insurance. November 14, 2013.

http://www.masc.mb.ca/masc.nsf/insurance_news.html (accessed November 25, 2013). Manitoba Agriculture and Food. "Corn." In Field Crop Production Guide, by Manitoba

Agriculture and Food, 72. 2001. Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Initiatives. Introduction to Corn Production. n.d.

http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/crops/production/corn-and-grain.html (accessed November 14, 2013).

Manitoba Corn Committee. "2013 Manitoba Corn Hybrid Performance Trials." Manitoba Corn Growers Association. 2013. http://manitobacorn.ca/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/FINAL-2013-MCC-Brochure.pdf (accessed November 25, 2013).

Pratt, Sean. "Monsanto expands corn breeding." The Western Producer, October 17, 2013: 4. Western Producer. The Western Producer, August 10, 2013. —. Western Producer, October 24, 2013.


Western Feed Grains Development Cooperative Variety Trial


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Dr. Dana Maxwell- Plant Breeder, Ag-Quest Inc. Dr. Matthew Yau- Plant Breeder, Ag-Quest Inc.

Background For over forty years, there have been unsuccessful attempts by both public and private groups

to develop and license a feed wheat variety. For this reason, the formation of the Western

Feed Grains Development Cooperative (WFGDC) was initiated. These failed attempts were

largely due to the traditional approach taken by breeders that has stringent Kernel Visual

Distinguishability (KVD) requirements for variety licensing. Some of the cultivars developed by

the WFGD Cooperative will be exempt from licensing and KVD requirements because the

seed will be supplied to members only. Grain will be sold only to members and will be used

exclusively for livestock feed or ethanol production within a closed loop system. Other cultivars

developed by the WFGDC have been submitted for registration under the new Canada

Western General Purpose wheat class.

Wheat is usually available for feeding cattle when it cannot meet “human grade”. (Manitoba

Agriculture Food and Rural Initiatives 2005) Poor weather conditions and disease determine

the availability of supply. By developing these feed wheat varieties, it gives the farmers a

continuous supply of grain for livestock without compromising the better quality grain for feed.

New high yielding cultivars with low FHB and lower protein will increase feed value (i.e., higher

energy value) and farm gate revenues, lower feed costs and reduce the reliance on imported

feed grains, both provincially and internationally.

The WFGD is currently offering memberships to both grain producers and end users of the

grain. Membership fees collected will finance the research necessary for such development.

Feed wheat cultivar releases are anticipated in approximately five to seven years from the time

the first crosses are made and some cultivars developed by the WFGD Cooperative are very

close to public release at this time.

Since some of the feed wheat varieties will not be registered, it is imperative that all members

enter contracts which state clearly that any grain produced will not enter the export market,

they will only sell to recognized members of the WFGD Cooperative and the grain will only be

used for livestock feed and ethanol purposes.

1 PCDF, Roblin


Feed grain development is not limited to only wheat, as many feed grain varieties could be

developed in the future through this cooperative. (Western Feed Grain Development Co-op

Ltd. n.d.)

Objective To test different varieties of feed wheat on behalf of the WFGDC.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 36 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Lattice Seeding date: May 16 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 100 lbs. N, 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S 20 lbs. actual P applied with seed Pesticide applied: June 11- Axial and Barricade Harvest date: September 16 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested with weight and moisture recorded Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble with 20 lbs. actual P applied with the seed. The trial was sprayed once throughout the growing season to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Data such as plant counts, heading date, height, maturity date and lodging was recorded throughout the growing season. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and weight and moisture were recorded. All seed samples were transported to Ag-Quest in Minto, Manitoba for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Western Feed Grains Development Cooperative Variety Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB*

AC Andrew WFT 824 Y08-04-L3 (10.1) H15

KAZCIM11-26 WFT 839 Y08-05-L6 (32.4) H5

Pasteur Y07-11 (22SH)(29.4)H5 Y09-04 (6SH)(29.4) H9

Sadash Y07-11 (22SH)(29.4)H7 Y09-04 (6SH)(29.4) H32

WFT 409 Y07-11 (22SH)(29.4)H8 Y09-06-Macyk

WFT 411 Y07-11 (22SH)(29.4)H11 20SAWYT-342

WFT 603 Y07-11 (22SH)(29.4)H14 20SAWYT-345

WFT 717 Y07-11 (22SH)(29.4)H24 20SAWYT-365

WFT 721 Y08-01 L16-S1 (37.2) H4 20SAWYT-388

WFT 736 Y08-04-L3 (10.1) H11 29SAWSN-3058

WFT 805 Y08-04-L3 (10.1) H13 44IBWSN-1136

WFT 813 Y08-04-L3 (10.1) H14 5702 PR * Numbered Varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration





P* 12 ppm (med) 60



Results Table 3. 2013 Western Feed Grains Development Cooperative Variety Trial Results at Roblin, MB


Pl/m2* DTH* DTF* Score @

Anth. (1-5)*

DTM* Height (cm)

Disease (1-9)*

Lodging (1-9)*

Sadash 11,635 323 57 63 4 116 107 4 8

20SAWYT-365

11,369 387 58 62 2 111 108 3 4

AC Andrew 11,169 420 58 64 3 110 105 2 3

20SAWYT-342

11,112 333 56 60 2 110 98 2 5

20SAWYT-388

10,992 407 57 61 2 111 106 3 2

WFT 839 10,576 323 62 66 2 112 107 2 4

44IBWSN-1136

10,388 377 54 58 2 114 91 4 6

WFT 805 10,382 337 60 66 3 108 106 3 7

Pasteur 10,197 393 58 64 3 114 96 2 4

29SAWSN-3058

10,073 417 56 59 2 111 105 3 5

20SAWYT-345

9960 333 60 65 3 108 110 3 4

WFT 717 9947 323 54 58 2 107 114 5 6

WFT 813 9828 280 59 63 2 111 97 3 5

Y07-11 (22SH) (29.4) H5

9538 470 57 61 3 109 114 4 5

WFT 603 9502 350 55 62 4 114 112 3 5

WFT 721 9436 357 58 62 2 112 121 4 8

WFT 409 9333 410 55 60 3 107 94 3 5

Y07-11 (22SH) (29.4) H7

9272 447 56 60 2 110 114 5 5

Y07-11 (22SH) (29.4) H8

9251 357 55 60 2 110 113 3 6

WFT 824 9206 340 59 63 2 108 119 6 7


Y08-04-L3 (10.1) H14

9070 400 54 59 3 110 114 5 5

Y08-04-L3 (10.1) H13

8931 340 56 61 3 111 119 3 5

Y07-11 (22SH) (29.4) H14

8924 470 56 61 3 110 116 4 6

Y08-05-L6 (32.4) H5

8810 390 59 63 2 113 121 4 5

Y08-04-L3 (10.1) H11

8773 457 56 62 3 110 119 3 6

Y07-11 (22SH) (29.4) H11

8746 410 57 63 4 114 114 5 8

Y08-01 L16-S1 (37.2) H4

8745 373 57 61 2 113 114 7 8

Y08-04-L3 (10.1) H15

8703 437 56 61 3 111 119 3 4

5702 PR 8638 410 55 59 3 110 98 5 4

WFT 411 8624 393 50 56 3 110 100 6 3

WFT 736 8565 395 53 57 2 110 100 5 6

Y09-04 (6SH)(29.4) H9

8359 437 56 61 3 108 117 6 5

Y09-06-Macyk

8134 370 51 55 3 108 104 6 7

Y09-04 (6SH)(29.4) H32

8114 410 48 56 4 108 107 5 7

Y07-11 (22SH) (29.4) H24

8049 427 64 71 4 115 108 4 8

KAZCIM11-26

6545 380 61 64 2 109 114 3 8

Grand Mean

9414 386 57 61 3 111 109 4 6

CV% 4.92 15.09 1.49 1.65 24.16 3.16 2.73 14.15 38.45

LSD 753.58 94.73 1.38 1.65 1.07 5.70 4.83 0.90 3.52

Sign Diff Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes * Pl/m


* DTH = Days to Heading * DTF = Days to Flowering * Score @ Anth. (1-5) = Score at Time of Flower: 1- very early, 5- very late * DTM = Days to Maturity * Disease (1-9) = 1- No Disease, 9- Dead Preferred * Lodging (1-9) = 1- Fully Erect, 9- Completely Flat


Chart 1. 2013 Western Feed Grains Development Cooperative Variety Trial Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB

The checks for this test are Sadash, AC Andrew, Pasteur and 5702 PR. The entries 20SAWYT-365, 20SAWYT-342 and 20SAWYT-388 are similar in yield to Sadash and AC Andrew and significantly higher yielding than Pasteur and 5702PR. 20SAWYT-365, 20SAWYT-342 and 20SAWYT-388 are similar in maturity to all the checks. In regards to lodging, they are similar to all the checks except for Sadash where they are significantly better for standability.

Important Considerations and Recommendations Kernel Visual Distinguishability (KVD) has been eliminated and a General Purpose class has been established. This will allow the registration of wheat varieties that do not meet the requirements of the other classes. Varieties registered in the General Purpose class will be suitable for feed, ethanol use and possibly some wheat millers. Strong disease resistance and high yield potential will be some of the agronomic attributes affiliated with these wheat varieties. The WFGD Co-op wheat breeding program started with a few initial crosses and the focus has increased to a total of 190 crosses made to date. The breeding program is tailored for the General Purpose class and targeted for the end users mentioned above.


The WFGD Co-op has been successful in registering their first General Purpose Wheat variety, WFT 603, in February 2013. WFT 603 is an awned variety with excellent yield potential, average maturity and a good disease resistance package. PCDF played an integral part in providing data to support the WFGD Co-op in their registration process. (Western Feed Grain Development Co-op Ltd. n.d.)

Conclusions The General Purpose Wheat class will provide other opportunities for producers in marketing their grain. WFGD Co-op will provide additional value for local producers by conducting their breeding and selection process in western Manitoba. PCDF will continue to play a role in the evaluation and adaptability of the germplasm in the Parkland region.

References Manitoba Agriculture Food and Rural Initiatives. Feeding wheat to cattle. February 2005.

http://gov.mb.ca/agriculture/livestock/nutrition/bza26s03.html (accessed November 6, 2013).

Western Feed Grain Development Co-op Ltd. "The Co-op." Western Feed Grain Development Co-op Ltd. n.d. http://www.wfgd.ca/the_co-op.htm (accessed November 6, 2013).

—. "Welcome." Western Feed Grain Development Co-op Ltd. n.d. http://www.wfgd.ca/welcome.htm (accessed December 13, 2013).


Forage Crops

Advanced Forage Barley Forage Trial



Background One of the most cost-effective ways for cattle producers to feed their livestock is to include forage barley in their feeding regimes. Forage barley is a low-cost, easy to grow, high yielding crop that is well-adapted to all barley growing areas of the world. Forage barley is especially well-adapted to the Parkland region and is versatile, where it can be field-grazed before it heads, swath-grazed in the late summer and early fall, or put up as greenfeed, chopped or ensiled for over-winter use. Feed conversion of the newest forage barley varieties is often high enough to be considered as a mainstay in dairy rations. New forage barley varieties are being developed that demonstrate a very high yield potential with moderate inputs while maintaining a Relative Feed Value in excess of 100. This is a more effective source of cattle feed than other sources of grain or silage corn. Other grains and silage corn are more expensive to grow and they are higher risk in the short seasoned Parkland region. AC Ranger, Vivar (two registered varieties) and FB015 (control for waxy type) were grown at Roblin this year, as well as 11 numbered breeding lines under evaluation for possible registration.

Objective To test the top forage barley varieties from the barley breeding program at AAFC Brandon.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 14 (Table 1) Replication: 4 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 AAFC, Brandon


Seeding date: May 17 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 50 lbs. N, 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S 15 lbs. actual P applied with seed Pesticide applied: June 11- Axial and Barricade Harvest date: August 7 Product handling: Total plot weighed with subsample taken to determine dry matter Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble with 15 lbs. actual P applied with the seed. The trial was sprayed once throughout the growing season to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Data such as plant counts, heading date, height, disease and lodging was recorded throughout the growing season. Each individual plot was harvested with a Mitsubishi rice harvester. Each treatment was then weighed and a subsample was taken to be dried down and weighed to determine dry matter yield. The samples were then sent to AAFC-Brandon for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Advanced Forage Barley Forage Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB*

AC Ranger EX819-4

EX812-26 EX819-10

EX814-2 EX819-33

EX814-3 EX820-8

EX814-5 EX820-19

EX818-3 FB015

EX818-6 Vivar * Numbered Varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration




P* 12 ppm (med) 55



Results Table 3. 2013 Advanced Forage Barley Forage Trial Results at Roblin, MB

Variety DMY (kg/ha)*

Plants per Meter2

Days to Heading

Disease (1-9)*

Lodging (1-9)*

Height (cm)

EX814-3 21,657 263 57 3 4 114

Vivar 21,385 273 55 3 2 102

EX818-3 20,619 270 56 4 4 114

EX814-5 20,021 280 55 3 3 108

EX812-26 19,740 233 56 3 3 113


EX818-6 19,444 223 54 4 2 105

EX819-10 18,428 280 55 2 1 103

EX820-8 18,282 240 55 3 4 105

EX814-2 18,083 313 55 3 3 106

EX819-4 18,036 283 53 3 4 103

EX820-19 17,635 263 57 3 2 104

EX819-33 17,035 285 52 2 4 101

AC Ranger 15,847 218 55 2 2 99

FB015 15,624 255 53 4 6 112

Grand Mean

18,073 263 55 3 3 107

CV% 11.12 15.80 2.01 31.00 64.48 4.45

LSD 2976.30 59.30 1.57 1.31 2.67 6.75

Sign Diff Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes * DMY (kg/ha) = Dry Matter Yield in Kilograms per Hectare * Disease (1-9) = 1- No Disease, 9- Dead Preferred * Lodging (1-9) = 1- Fully Erect, 9- Fully Flat

Chart 1. 2013 Advanced Forage Barley Forage Dry Matter Yield (tons/acre) at Roblin, MB

Almost all the feed/forage breeding lines evaluated have shown higher dry matter yield than AC Ranger but lower than the other check, Vivar. The exception is the line EX818-3 which has significantly higher dry matter yield than AC Ranger and also similar dry matter yield to Vivar. Of particular interest are the following two feed/forage breeding lines EX819-4 and EX819-10 which have shown higher dry matter yield than AC Ranger (Table 3 and Chart 1 above) and higher grain yield than Vivar (see Advanced Forage Barley Grain Trial- Table 3 and Chart 1) .


The three waxy breeding lines tested were EX812-26, EX-818-6 and EX820-19. Two of them, EX812-26 and EX-818-6, have higher dry matter yield than the waxy check line FB015.

Important Considerations and Recommendations The test in 2013 was comprised of eight feed/forage breeding lines and three waxy breeding lines targeted for early swath-grazing along with the suitable checks: AC Ranger, Vivar and FB105. The FB105 waxy line was previously developed by Dr. Mario Therrien at Brandon Research Center (BRC). This line showed promising characteristics for early season swath-grazing due to its heavy cuticular wax layer however it was not put forward for registration due to inferior grain yield.

Conclusions Forage barley has an excellent fit as an annual source of forage for livestock, especially in the Parkland and northern areas of Manitoba. Moreover, the development of new forage barley with a coat of heavy cuticular wax could circumvent the loss in forage quality and quantity in the interval between swathing and grazing and offer livestock producers with more options and flexibility which can translate into significant economic returns and environmental advantages.


Western Canada Forage Barley Coop Forage Trial

Jeff Kostuik1, Susan McEachern1, Angel Melnychenko1, Amy Stewart1 and Pat Juskiw2

Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Dr. Patricia Juskiw- Barley Breeder, Lacombe Field Crop Development

Center Susan Lajeunesse- Research Technician, Lacombe Field Crop Development Center

Background The Western Canada Forage Barley Coop Forage Trial is run under the auspices of the Prairie Recommending Committee for Oat and Barley (PRCOB). More information on PRCOB can be found at http://www.pgdc.ca/committees_ob.html. The purpose of PRCOB is to generate data for oat and barley lines for the purpose of evaluation and recommendation of lines for registration by the Varieties Office of the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA). Dr. Pat Juskiw and Susan Lajeunesse of the Field Crop Development Centre (FCDC), Lacombe, AB act as the coordinators for the Forage Barley Coop. In that capacity Pat and Susan coordinate the supply of seed to each of the cooperators. The cooperators run the trials. There were seven forage and six grain sites in 2013. There were nine entries plus four check varieties in the 2013 trial: AC Ranger, a six-row, hulled variety from AAFC-Brandon, Vivar, a six-row, hulled, semi-dwarf variety from FCDC, CDC Austenson, a two-row, hulled variety from Crop Development Centre, Saskatoon and Gadsby, a two-row, hulled variety from FCDC. AC Ranger was released by Dr. Therrien from AAFC-Brandon due to its high biomass yields, good standability and forage quality that surpassed that of Virden. Vivar has exceptionally good straw strength and for a semi-dwarf also has high grain and biomass yields. It also has better forage quality than Virden. In 2013, 2 two-row checks were also added to the Forage Coop. They were Gadsby for its scald resistance and good forage digestibility and CDC Austenson for its lodging resistance. Both Gadsby and CDC Austenson have good grain yields. These four varieties are used for comparison purposes as candidate lines must meet or exceed them for yield and quality.

Objective To evaluate different lines of barley for forage analysis.

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 FCDC, Lacombe

http://www.pgdc.ca/committees_ob.html


Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 13 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 16 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 50 lbs. N, 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S 15 lbs. actual P applied with seed Pesticide applied: June 11- Axial and Barricade Harvest date: August 6 Product handling: Total plot weighed with subsample taken to determine dry matter Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble with 15 lbs. actual P applied with the seed. The trial was sprayed once throughout the growing season to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Data such as plant counts, heading date, height, disease and lodging was recorded throughout the growing season. Each individual plot was harvested with a Mitsubishi rice harvester. Each treatment was then weighed and a subsample was taken to be dried down then weighed to determine dry matter yield. The samples were then sent to the Lacombe Field Crop Development Center for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Western Canada Forage Barley Coop Forage Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB *

AC Ranger FB446

CDC Austenson FB447

FB018 FB449

FB206 FB450

FB439 Gasby

FB442 Vivar

FB445 * Numbered Varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration




P* 12 ppm (med) 55




Results Table 3. 2013 Western Canada Forage Barley Coop Forage Trial Results at Roblin, MB

Variety DMY (kg/ha)*

Pl/m2* Height (cm)

DTH* Disease (1-9)*

Lodging (1-9)*

Visual (1-9)*

CDC AUSTENSON

25,110 227 107 57 4 5 5

FB450 24,713 260 111 58 4 7 6

FB442 24,702 227 116 56 3 5 6

GADSBY 24,227 243 115 58 3 8 4

FB206 23,926 237 123 60 3 6 7

FB018 23,578 263 111 54 3 5 4

FB445 23,546 243 107 54 3 3 5

AC Ranger 22,782 213 108 53 2 4 5

Vivar 21,668 233 104 55 4 5 3

FB439 21,341 243 102 53 2 7 4

FB447 20,606 213 105 53 5 3 3

FB446 20,567 213 115 57 3 8 3

FB449 20,541 247 105 57 5 6 4

Grand Mean 22,870 236 110 56 3.36 6 5

CV% 12.14 22.93 2.29 1.29 23.92 36.27 17.56

LSD 4679.24 91.04 4.24 1.21 1.35 3.40 1.36

Sign Diff No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes * DMY (kg/ha) = Dry Matter Yield in Kilograms per Hectare * Pl/m


* DTH = Days to Heading * Disease (1-9) = 1- No Disease, 9- Dead Preferred * Lodging (1-9) = 1- Fully Erect, 9- Fully Flat * Visual (1-9) = 1- Very Poor, 9- Excellent


Chart 1. 2013 Western Canada Forage Barley Coop Forage Trial Dry Matter Yield (tons/acre) at Roblin, MB

There were no significant differences in forage yield between the experimental lines and the checks.

Important Considerations and Recommendations Other uses for feed barley are forage and in the forms of green feed or silage. Green feed is cutting and baling the crop when the crop has reached the early to soft dough stage. To make silage, the entire plant is cut down, piled, compacted and then allowed to ferment. The early to soft dough stage is the best crop stage for silage as well. Cereal crops are the most versatile of the annual crops for forage. Crop rotation is as important in forage production as it is in grain production for reducing disease incidence and maintaining yield targets. Barley fits into the rotational schedule across the prairies. (Alberta Agriculture and Rural Development 2004) Barley is suited for forage production because it can be seeded early, matures earlier, better drought tolerance and is yield responsive to improved management practices. It also provides an opportunity to spread out the harvest workload. (Saskatchewan Ministry of Agriculture n.d.) The rule of thumb for varietal selection is a high yielding variety for grain will be high yielding for green feed or silage. Smooth awned varieties are more suited for forage production than rough awned varieties. Rough awned varieties can cause mouth infections and lumps on the jaw. (Foragebeef.ca 2013) Semi-dwarf varieties have better lodging resistance which makes them more suited for using higher fertility to increase yield and growing it under high moisture conditions. The standard varieties may produce a higher percentage of stem in the silage ratio than a semi-dwarf type.


When dealing with forage quality, consideration is needed for digestible energy content, crude protein and potential dry matter intake. Feed testing tells a lot about the quality of the feed and how to use it in a least cost manner. Some nutritional things to keep in mind are that cereal forages tend to be low in magnesium and calcium, and possibly higher levels of potassium which will impair magnesium absorption, causing tetany. A supplemental mineral package is required when feeding annual cereals during the winter months. (Foragebeef.ca 2013)

Both quantity and quality of forage is important, with the quality being of more importance to the dairy and backgrounding industries. For an overwinter beef cow, it is most important to have enough feed to support her maintenance requirements. While quality is not as important to the beef cow as the dairy cow, improvements in quality can be made to benefit this sector.

Conclusions Barley is diverse in its applications in Canadian agriculture. Good quality forage production is important to livestock producers and barley is considered the best cereal option for this. Varietal selection and evaluation is important to ensure excellent varieties are registered for forage applications.

References Alberta Agriculture and Rural Development. Silage Manual. Alberta Agriculture and Rural

Development, 2004. Foragebeef.ca. "Greenfeed in a Ration." Foragebeef.ca. August 7, 2013.

http://www1.foragebeef.ca/$foragebeef/frgebeef.nsf/all/ccf16 (accessed December 5, 2013).

Saskatchewan Ministry of Agriculture. "Crops for silage production." Saskatchewan Ministry of Agriculture. n.d. http://www.agriculture.gov.sk.ca/Default.aspx?DN=cce79134-cefe-4e7c-a64e-08ea52f8ff99 (accessed November 5, 2013).


Forage Establishment Trial

Jeff Kostuik1, Susan McEachern1, Angel Melnychenko1, Amy Stewart1, Elizabeth Nernberg2 and Pam Iwanchysko3

Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Forage Team- Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development

Background Due to excess moisture over the last several years, many forage fields have reverted to Kentucky Bluegrass and more invasive species. Many of the more productive tame species have depleted in forage fields across Manitoba. Re-establishment of dense, vigorous stands of alfalfa/legumes is essential for long-term profitability, but establishment can be challenging because seedling alfalfa is vulnerable to competition from weeds, wind and water erosion. Weed contamination can also reduce the quality of alfalfa hay. Establishment strategies have been designed to reduce the risk of establishment. One of the most widely used strategies is using companion (cover) crops like oats or barley. Companion crops reduce stand loss from wind and water erosion and may suppress the growth of some weeds. For spring seeding, companion crops also provide greater assurance of economic return in the seeding year. However, even with reductions in seeding rates and removal before maturity, small grain companion crops can provide competition with new alfalfa seedlings and reduce alfalfa yield potential. This trial was undertaken to show the respective differences between forage establishment with and without a companion/nurse crop.

Objective To demonstrate forage seeding recommendations including companion crop seeding rate.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 7 main treatments with 3 sub treatments (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Split Plot Design Seeding date: June 5, 2012 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 55 lbs. actual P, 20 lbs. actual S Pesticide applied: None Harvest dates: First Cut- July 3, 2013 Second Cut- August 20, 2013

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 MAFRD, Roblin

3 MAFRD, Dauphin


Product handling: A 60cm x 100 cm cut was taken from the middle of each treatment. Wet weight was recorded and a 500 gram subsample was taken and dried down to determine dry matter.

In the spring, phosphorus and sulfur were broadcast by hand according to soil test results. Heights were recorded before each harvest. Harvest took place when the alfalfa was between first flower and 10% bloom. This year there were two harvests. One thing to note for 2013 is that the second cut regrowth was at the bud stage prior to freeze-up; therefore, a third cut could have been possible for this year. A 60 cm x 100 cm area was taken from the middle of each treatment using a Swift Mower. Each treatment was weighed to record wet weight and then a 500 gram subsample was taken, dried down and weighed to determine dry matter yield. Table 1. 2013 Forage Establishment Trial Treatments at Roblin, MB

High Concentration of Barley (2.5 bu/ac)

Low Concentration of Barley (0.5 bu/ac)

No Barley

Alfalfa Tap Alfalfa Tap Alfalfa Tap

Alfalfa Creeping Alfalfa Creeping Alfalfa Creeping

KY Blue Grass KY Blue Grass KY Blue Grass

Alfalfa Grass Mix Alfalfa Grass Mix Alfalfa Grass Mix

Saline Mixture Saline Mixture Saline Mixture

Pasture Pasture Pasture

Native Mix Native Mix Native Mix



N* 40 lbs/acre (high) 0

P* 5 ppm (low) 55

K* 174 ppm (high) 0

S* 14 lbs/acre (low) 20 * N- Nitrate * P- Phosphorus (Olsen) * K- Potassium *S- Sulphate ** Analysis by Agvise Laboratories

Results Table 3. 2013 Forage Establishment Trial Yield (kg/ha) Results at Roblin, MB

Forage Mixture

Barley Rate* First Cut Yield (kg/ha)

Second Cut Yield (kg/ha)

Total Yield (kg/ha)

Total Yield Sign. Diff.

Saline Mix None 8488 6935 15,423 a

Saline Mix Low 7111 6791 13,902 bc

Saline Mix High 5109 6013 11,122 e

Alfalfa Grass Mix

None 6270 8062 14,332 ab

Alfalfa Grass Mix

Low 7468 6969 14,437 ab


Alfalfa Grass Mix

High 5960 5655 11,615 de

Alfalfa Creeping

None 5938 6982 12,920 cd

Alfalfa Creeping

Low 5493 7483 12,976 c

Alfalfa Creeping

High 5603 7333 12,936 c

Alfalfa Tap None 5695 7266 12,961 c

Alfalfa Tap Low 5577 5708 11,285 e

Alfalfa Tap High 5575 5474 11,049 e

Pasture None 7021 4171 11,192 e

Pasture Low 5462 4856 10,318 e

Pasture High 3822 3457 7278 f

Native Forages

None 4289 3470 7759 f

Native Forages

Low 3283 2090 5373 g

Native Forages

High 1767 1723 3490 h

Kentucky Bluegrass

None 2897 2496 5393 g

Kentucky Bluegrass

Low 2753 1925 4678 gh

Kentucky Bluegrass

High 1378 2182 3560 h

Grand Mean 5093 5097 10,191

CV% 20.51 20.58 13.40

LSD 999 1003 1306

Sign Diff Yes Yes Yes * Barley Rate = None- No barley, Low- 0.75 bu/acre, High- 1.75 bu/acre


Chart 1. 2013 Forage Establishment Total Production Yield (lbs/acre) at Roblin, MB

Table 3 and Chart 1 illustrate the impact on production a companion crop may have on establishing the different forage mixtures. The degree of impact varies depending on the forage mixture type and the density of the companion crop. Factors contributing to this are the interaction of the competitive natures of the companion crop and the forage mixture type and the length of time a forage mixture may require to be fully established. In general, this trial illustrates that a high density of barley as a cover crop reduces production the most when compared to no companion crop or a low density of barley for the majority of the forage mixtures. The forage mixtures Saline Mix, Alfalfa Tap and Native Forages had significantly higher production when there was no companion crop. Alfalfa Grass Mix, Pasture and Kentucky Bluegrass had significantly higher production with no companion crop or a low density of barley when compared to the higher density of barley. Alfalfa creeping yielded similar under all three companion crop options. The highest production overall was harvested from the Saline Mix with no companion crop. This combination was significantly higher yielding than all the other combinations except for the Alfalfa Grass Mix grown with no companion crop or a low density of barley.

Important Considerations and Recommendations The use of a companion crop is one of the factors affecting forage establishment. Although companion crops provide additional income in the year of forage establishment, protect seedlings from wind and soil erosion and help suppress weeds, they also compete with forages for moisture, light and fertility. (Saskatchewan Forage Council 2007) Thus the use of a


companion crop may be more successful when adequate growing season precipitation is received. In selecting a companion crop, choose one that is the least competitive. The following crops are listed in order of least to most competitive: flax, millet, oats, canola, wheat and barley. (Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development n.d.) When using a companion crop, other management strategies can ensure a more successful forage establishment. For example, reduce the seeding rate of it by 30 to 50 percent of recommended rates. Seeding the forage at right angles to the companion crop will also reduce the amount of competition, although it may not be the most practical. In addition, harvesting the cereal crops early as a greenfeed or silage will reduce the competition, with silage being the best option. (Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development n.d.) Additionally do not harvest the cover crop when it is very hot as forage seedlings are susceptible to high temperatures. Besides the use of companion crops, there are many other factors affecting forage establishment. They include field preparation, forage selection, seeding, fertility and inoculants outlined below. Planning to establish forages should take place a year prior in order for the field to be properly prepared. Consideration must be taken to be sure the soil is free of herbicide residues such as chloropyid (Lontrel, Curtail M) and in some cases 2,4-D. Reducing the weed population in the field prior to establishing the forages is recommended, as options in crop herbicides for forages are limited. Seedbed preparation is also part of preparing the field particularly because forage seeds are so small. A smooth, firm, moist and relatively weed-free seedbed is desired. (Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development n.d.) Selecting the right forage based on its intended use and site conditions will also improve forage establishment. Certain species are better suited for hay production like timothy, while others are more suited to grazing, like meadow bromegrass. There are also species differences in water use efficiency with some doing better on dry soils like alfalfa and crested wheat grass and some preferring wetter soils like red clover and reed canary grass. (Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development n.d.) Seeding timing, method and rate affect forage establishment as well. The best time to seed forages is when spring conditions are cool and moist. With the numerous methods of seeding, be sure to choose the method that allows for seeding shallow into a firm, moist seed bed. Seeding too deep reduces emergence of most forage species, so aim for a depth of ½ to ¾ inch. Seeding rates can be calculated by using seed weight and target plant populations. (Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development n.d.) Fertility also plays an important role with forage establishment. Fields should be soil tested and fertilized based on the corresponding recommendations. With phosphorus improving root development and potassium improving winter survivability, these nutrients are particularly


important for forage establishment. (Saskatchewan Forage Council 2007) (Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development n.d.) Using inoculants for legumes is necessary for their establishment. By inoculating immediately prior to planting, early and increased development on the nodules is encouraged resulting in more vigorous seedlings as they utilize the soil nitrogen quicker. Since inoculants are host specific, make sure the right inoculant is used with the right forage species. (Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development n.d.)

Conclusions Although this trial showed using a companion crop for establishment had a negative effect on the forage yield the year after establishment, more site years of data are required. Initial indications show that if a companion crop must be used for reasons described above, cutting the seeding rate to half of the recommended rate has less of an impact on forage establishment.

References Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development. Tips for Improving Forage Establishment

Success. n.d. http://www.gov.mb.ca/cgi-bin/print_hit_bold.pl/agriculture/////crops/forages/bjb05s07.html?print (accessed January 15, 2014).

Saskatchewan Forage Council. Successful Forage Crop Establishment. February 2007. http://www.saskforage.ca/sfc/low/docs/establishment_bulletin.pdf (accessed January 15, 2014).


Pea Silage and Grain Trial

Jeff Kostuik1, Susan McEachern1, Angel Melnychenko1, Amy Stewart1 and Tom Warkentin2

Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Dr. Tom Warkentin- Pulse Breeder, CDC Saskatoon Jaret Horner- Research Technician, CDC Saskatoon

Background This trial was established for the eleventh consecutive year in 2013 to evaluate pea varieties for silage potential. Peas are recommended for silage production in the Grey and Black soil zones. Peas are efficient users of water. However, they are not heat tolerant during flowering. Peas are best adapted to loam, clay loam and sandy loam soils. (Saskatchewan Ministry of Agriculture n.d.)

Some other options for silage peas are to intercrop with a cereal to produce silage. The primary benefit of mixing peas with a cereal crop is to improve quality and potentially boost yield. When peas make up at least 50% of the seeded mixture (by weight), producers can expect crude protein in the harvested forage to be 2 to 4 percentage points higher than with cereals alone. Pea silage can be 13-18% protein, while cereal silage is about 10%. Therefore the combination of the two will be significantly higher in protein. Pea/cereal mixtures can produce better quality silage than cereals alone but the success of these under seeded crops is mostly dependent on the seeding rates and ensuring there are enough peas in the mixture to influence feed quality. (Megan Oleksyn 2010)

Objective To evaluate the adaptation and performance of field peas as a silage, grain and feed crop alternative.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 18 (Table 1) Replication: 4 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Lattice Design Seeding date: May 16 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S Pesticide applied: June 12- Odyssey and Poast Ultra

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 CDC, Saskatoon


Harvest date: Silage: August 15 Grain: September 4 Product handling: Silage: 1m² from each plot was harvested then weighed. A 500 gram

subsample was then taken to be dried down and weighed to determine moisture content.

Grain: The remaining 4m² from each plot was individually harvested with weight and moisture recorded.

Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The peas were inoculated with the proper Rhizobia prior to seeding and then seeded into tilled corn stubble. Following seeding, but prior to emergence, the trial was rolled with a land roller to push stones in and assist with an easier harvest. The plot was sprayed once during the growing season to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Throughout the growing season, plant counts, heights, pod assessment and lodging were recorded. 1m² from each plot was harvested using a Gravely mower for the silage portion of the trial. The total wet weight of the 1m² samples was recorded, then a 500 gram subsample was taken and dried down to determine dry matter yield. Reglone was applied prior to grain harvest to speed up the drying process. The remaining 4m² of each plot was harvested with a small plot combine and the weight and moisture from each individual plot was recorded. Table 1. 2013 Pea Silage and Grain Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB*

CDC Horizon 3329-9 3834-4

CDC Leroy 3525-11 3855-6

CDC Sonata 3548-2 3873-14

CDC Tucker 3795-3 3912-6

2815-6 3795-4 40-10

3012-3 3821-3 4045-5 * Numbered Varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration




P* 12 ppm (med) 40



Results A summary of the results and data from the 2012 Pea Silage Elite Trial have been provided in the 2013 PCDF Annual Report because the 2013 data from the three cooperating locations


was not available at the time of publication. The data from the 2013 trial will be published in the 2014 report. The analysis from the three sites has been compiled by Dr. Tom Warkentin. Report on the 2012 Pea Silage Elite Trial Prepared by Dr. Tom Warkentin, January 2013 All varieties had acceptable plant stands at all locations. Mean days to flower ranged from 56-61. Mean vine length of the pea varieties ranged from 71-119 cm. Mean lodging score ranged from 2.7-7.2. The varieties with normal leaf type and long vines (checks 40-10 and Trapper) had the highest lodging scores, while the semi-leafless varieties had low to moderate lodging scores. Mean maturity rating ranged from 1.0-3.0.

Pea varieties were all harvested for biomass on the same date at a given location. The target date was when CDC Sonata had thick pods at the lower two reproductive nodes. On that date, one m2 of biomass was cut from each plot. Eight varieties exceeded check variety 40-10 in mean fresh weight of biomass in 2012. Check variety 40-10 was intermediate among the entries in percent dry matter. Mean dry matter yield of check variety 40-10 was 746 g/m2, i.e., 7.46 tonnes/ha. Mean dry matter yield ranged from 78-114% of 40-10 among the entries in the trial.

Mean crude protein of the harvested biomass of the pea varieties ranged from 16.2-19.1. Mean acid detergent fibre of the harvested biomass ranged from 28.5-36.2. Mean neutral detergent fibre of the harvested biomass ranged from 39.9-50.4. Mean relative feed value of the harvested biomass ranged from 110-158. Mean grain yield of 40-10 was 2.1 tonnes/ha, with varieties in the test ranging from 72-153% of 40-10. Mean seed weight of the pea varieties ranged from 111-211 g/1000 seeds.


Table 3. 2012 Pea Silage and Grain Trial Quality Summary at Saskatoon, SK, Sutherland, SK and Roblin, MB**

# of Locations Data was Recorded

2 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 2 2

Variety GR YD*

DTF* HT* LDG* MAT* DM* CP* ADF* NDF* RFV* KWT*

Trapper 83 58 117 7.2 3.0 78 17.9 35.2 49.0 116 111

40-10 100 61 119 7.2 3.0 100 17.9 36.2 50.4 110 124

CDC Sonata

72 60 101 6.8 3.0 82 18.9 35.2 47.5 121 176

CDC Minuet

130 60 75 3.5 1.5 84 18.3 31.0 42.3 143 165

CDC Tucker

121 60 87 3.6 3.0 114 18.8 31.5 43.7 139 140

CDC Leroy

114 57 79 4.6 2.0 86 19.1 31.2 42.6 143 132

CDC Horizon

121 59 92 2.9 2.8 90 18.3 31.8 44.5 134 141

2815-6 136 59 79 3.0 1.5 98 16.4 28.5 39.9 158 191

2949-14 137 60 86 2.6 1.8 89 17.2 31.1 43.5 139 191

3012-3 145 58 89 3.1 3.0 101 18.5 32.1 43.7 138 161

3012-6 137 58 92 3.5 2.8 89 17.8 33.3 46.7 126 188

3528-1 132 60 84 2.7 1.8 97 17.7 30.8 41.1 150 166

3528-2 139 58 86 3.1 1.3 94 16.6 32.9 42.3 144 167

3525-11 139 58 90 2.8 2.3 108 16.6 35.3 49.8 113 197

3548-2 116 57 96 3.4 2.8 97 18.2 34.3 48.3 117 172

3873-14 139 57 82 3.4 1.5 103 17.0 34.3 46.7 122 191

3758-11 151 58 90 3.3 1.3 95 17.0 29.3 42.5 145 167

3329-9 144 59 77 3.4 1.8 98 16.9 28.6 41.3 149 167

3539-1 142 57 85 2.6 1.5 99 16.2 31.8 43.6 137 211

3760-28 137 56 85 2.8 1.5 103 17.1 31.3 44.3 134 206

3526-2 153 58 74 3.3 1.8 98 18.2 28.6 40.5 151 171

3404-5 144 56 83 3.0 2.0 95 18.1 29.6 40.1 155 177

P06070-2 113 57 71 3.6 1.0 83 17.0 30.5 41.2 148 123

CDC Meadow

134 57 77 3.7 1.5 100 16.2 32.1 44.7 132 176

* GR YD = Grain Yield in Kilograms per Hectare as a % of 40-10 * DTF = Days to Flower * HT = Plant Height (cm) * LDG = Lodging Score- 1=no lodging, 9=severe lodging * MAT = Maturity Rating- 1=early, 3=late * DM = Dry Matter (g/m

2) of Biomass as a % of 40-10

* CP = Percent Crude Protein of Biomass on a Dry Matter Basis * ADF = Percent Acid Detergent Fibre of Biomass on a Dry Matter Basis * NDF = Percent Neutral Detergent Fibre of Biomass on a Dry Matter Basis


* RFV= Relative Feed Value * KWT = Seed Weight in Grams per 1000 Seeds ** Prepared by Dr. Tom Warkentin, January 2013

Due to excess moisture conditions in the Pea Silage Trial at the Roblin location in 2013, it was decided not to publish the results.

Important Considerations and Recommendations The following traits are desirable in silage pea varieties:

High dry matter biomass yield

High crude protein %, low NDF %, low ADF %, high RFV to enhance feed value

Small seed size to reduce planting costs

High grain yield to improve efficiency of seed production

Low lodging score to improve the efficiency of grain and forage harvest

Favorable ensiling qualities Entries 3012-3, 3525-11, 3873-14, 3760-28 and cultivars CDC Tucker and CDC Meadow had equal or greater biomass dry matter yield than check variety 40-10 in 2012, with greater grain yield and a much better lodging score than 40-10. All had somewhat greater seed weight than 40-10. Based on these criteria, several of the pea varieties in this trial have good potential to replace 40-10 as forage/silage pea varieties in western Canada. New Forage Pea Varieties Based on data arising from the Pea Silage Elite Trials, the variety CDC Tucker was released in 2006, CDC Leroy in 2008 and CDC Horizon in 2010. Breeder seed of all three was released to select seed growers in Saskatchewan and Alberta through the Saskatchewan Pulse Growers Variety Release Program.

Conclusions This trial was conducted again in 2013 using the 2004-2012 protocol. New promising entries were added to the trial, while less promising varieties were dropped. A need exists in the agricultural community for data on the performance of promising forage/silage pea varieties grown in mixture with forage barley, as this is the typical use of forage peas in dairy and beef feed lot applications. Thus far, funding has not been obtained for this research.

References Megan Oleksyn. "Which silage crop is right for you." Real Agriculture. September 2, 2010.

http://www.realagriculture.com/2010/09/which-silage-crop-is-right-for-you/ (accessed November 13, 2013).

Saskatchewan Ministry of Agriculture. "Crops for Silage Production." Agriculture Government of Saskatchewan. n.d. http://www.agriculture.gov.sk.ca/Default.aspx?DN=cce79134-cefe-4e7c-a64e-08ea52f8ff99 (accessed November 13, 2013).


Industrial Hemp

National Hemp Coop Variety Trials- Trial Descriptor


Site Information Locations: Arborg, Manitoba Carberry, Manitoba Melita, Manitoba Roblin, Manitoba Kemptville, Ontario Melfort, Saskatchewan QuAppelle, Saskatchewan Vegreville, Alberta Cooperators: Prairies East Sustainable Agriculture Initiative (PESAI), Arborg, MB

Canada-Manitoba Crop Diversification Centre (CMCDC), Carberry, MB Westman Agriculture Diversification Organization (WADO), Melita, MB

Parkland Crop Diversification Foundation (PCDF), Roblin, MB Wendy Asbil, University of Guelph, Kemptville, ON Cecil Vera, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, Melfort, SK Hugh Campbell, Terramax, QuAppelle, SK Jan Slaski, Alberta Innovates Technology Futures, Vegreville, AB Plant Breeding Programs: Alberta Innovates Technology Futures Hemp Genetics International (HGI)

Ontario Hemp Alliance Parkland Industrial Hemp Growers Coop (PIHG)

PhytoGene Resources Inc. Terramax Corporation

Background These variety trials will be a tool to evaluate and demonstrate hemp and hemp varieties in a number of regions in Canada. The grain and fibre yields will give producers and industry the tools and varieties they need to produce hemp in a sustainable and economic way. In addition, these trials will give plant breeders an evaluation of their varieties or lines in a range of climates and growing conditions.

1 PCDF, Roblin


Quality analysis of grain yield, oil quality and % oil content will give the industry the highest quality crop that produces a good balance of essential fatty acids. Fibre yield and % bast fibre analysis will be a huge boost to the emerging fibre decortication and processing industry to meet the potential markets of textiles, building products and biocomposites.

Quality analysis will also give the industry a competitive advantage by knowing areas of top quality production. For example, is there a northern vigor for hemp that will give superior and enhanced quality and quantity of % oil or superior amounts of improved values of omega 3 and omega 6 fatty acids? These traits can be incorporated into plant breeding programs. In 2012 the Canadian Hemp Trade Alliance (CHTA) secured funding for these National trials through the Adaptation Innovation Program. In 2013, the CHTA once again applied for funding under the AIP program, this time looking long term at a 5 year plan to evaluate hemp grain and fibre across Canada. To date the CHTA has not heard whether the funding request was successful or not; therefore, for 2013 yield data for both fibre and grain will be reported and quality analysis is on hold until funds become available for testing. Financial support has been received thus far for these trials from Canadian Hemp Partners, Cooperators and Plant Breeding programs and through the Manitoba Crop Diversification Centres (MAFRD).

Objective To evaluate industrial hemp varieties for fibre and grain yield, as well as other characteristics.

Design, Materials & Operation There were 11 site locations selected or the trials:

1. Lethbridge, Alberta 2. Vegreville, Alberta 3. Arborg, Manitoba 4. Carberry, Manitoba 5. Melita, Manitoba 6. Roblin, Manitoba 7. Kemptville, Ontario 8. Laird, Saskatchewan 9. Melfort, Saskatchewan 10. QuAppelle, Saskatchewan 11. Swift Current, Saskatchewan

The Laird and Swift Current trials were lost due to excess moisture. The Lethbridge location did not participate in this year’s trial. Experimental design was small plot, random complete block design utilizing small plots with 4 replicates.


Table 1. 2013 National Hemp Coop Variety Trial Locations and Varieties Grown

Arborg Carberry Kemptville Melfort Melita Roblin Vegreville

Canda Canda Canda CFX-2 Canda Canda Canda

CFX-2 Silesia Delores CRS-1 CFX-2 CFX-2 CFX-2

CRS-1 X59 Joey Finola CRS-1 CRS-1 CRS-1

Finola Silesia Silesia Debbie Debbie Delores

Silesia X59 X59 Delores Delores Finola

X59 Joey Finola Silesia

X59 Joey X59

Silesia

X59

Table 2. 2013 National Hemp Coop Variety Trial Inputs at Cooperating Locations


Treatments 6 3 5 5 7 9 7

Replication 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Plot Size Seeded

11.0m² 8.4m² 12.0m² 7.5m² 16.5m² 7.0m² 12.0m²

Plot Size Harvested

8.22m2 6.0m2 N/A 4.85m² 12.96m2

5.0m² 12.0m²

Seeding Date

May 23 May 13 N/A May 24 May 13 May 22 May 23

Seeding Rate

250 pl/m²

250 pl/m²

250 pl/m²

250 pl/m²

250 pl/m²

250 pl/m²

250 pl/m²

Fibre Harvest Date

Aug. 30 Aug. 15 N/A Aug. 31 to Sep.

27

Aug. 9 Aug. 13 Sep. 19 & Sep. 20

Grain Harvest Date

Sep. 25 Sep. 13 N/A Aug. 31 to Sep.

27

Aug. 28 Sep. 10 Sep. 19 & Sep. 20

Grain Days from Seeding to Combining

126 123 N/A 99 to 126 from

seeding to

maturity

107 112 120

* Note: At the Vegreville location, grain was collected from the 1m2 plots that were harvested for fibre due to

problems with the combine that is used to harvest hemp.


Table 3. 2013 Spring Soil Nutrient Analysis from 0-24” Depth at Cooperating Locations


Estimated Available Nutrients







N* N/A 35 lbs/ac N/A 151kg/ha 21 lbs/ac 52 lbs/ac 160 lbs/ac

P* N/A 32 lbs/ac N/A >54 kg/ha 2 ppm 12 ppm 21 lbs/ac

K* N/A 306 ppm N/A >540 kg/ha

170 ppm 198 ppm 405 lbs/ac

S* N/A 52 lbs/ac N/A 60 kg/ha 68 lbs/ac 102 lbs/ac

47 lbs/ac

pH N/A 5.8 N/A 7.7 8.3 6.7 6.3 * N = Nitrate * P = Phosphate (Olsen) * K = Potassium * S = Sulphate

Table 4. 2013 Spring Nutrient Applications at Cooperating Locations


Fertilizer Applied

Fertilizer Applied

Fertilizer Applied

Fertilizer Applied

Fertilizer Applied

Fertilizer Applied

Fertilizer Applied

N* 90 lbs/ac

115 lbs/ac

N/A Ammonium phosphate 45 kg/ha

90 lbs/ac

100 lbs/ac

40 lbs/ac

P2O5* 27 lbs/ac

25 lbs/ac N/A 30 lbs/ac

55 lbs/ac 52 lbs/ac

K2O* 15 lbs/ac

0 N/A 0 10 lbs/ac 0

S* 20 lbs/ac

0 N/A 0 10 lbs/ac 0

* N = Nitrogen * P = Phosphorus * K = Potash * S = Sulphur


National Hemp Coop Fibre Variety Trial


Site Information Locations: Arborg, Manitoba Carberry, Manitoba Melita, Manitoba Roblin, Manitoba Kemptville, Ontario Cooperators: Canada-Manitoba Crop Diversification Centre (CMCDC), Carberry, MB Parkland Crop Diversification Foundation (PCDF), Roblin, MB Prairies East Sustainable Agriculture Initiative (PESAI), Arborg, MB Westman Agriculture Diversification Organization (WADO), Melita, MB Wendy Asbil, University of Guelph, Kemptville, ON Plant Breeding Programs:

Alberta Innovates Technology Futures Hemp Genetics International (HGI)



Background Stem yield, stem length, stem diameter, bast fibre content in stem, bast fibre yield, percentage of primary fibre in the bast fibre and overall primary fibre yield are all factors in determining the market potential of the hemp fibre industry. There is a genotype by environment (GxE) interaction that affects the fibre content and quality. Proper varietal selection and location of production are important considerations when conducting hemp fibre production. Currently in Canada there are no set quality requirements for the marketing of hemp fibre. To support an economically viable hemp fibre processing industry in Canada, end-use markets and fibre quality requirements need to be identified. This will ensure producers are growing the appropriate varieties for the target markets and fibre processing plants are established in strategic locations for logistical access to production and end-use markets.

The fibre of interest is referred to as the % and quality of bast fibre vs. hurd and stem. The information presented in this report will be outlined in a format that describes the fibre yield potential of the various varieties and at multiple locations to illustrate the GxE interaction.

1 PCDF, Roblin


Design, Materials & Operation Please refer to the National Hemp Coop Variety Trial’s- Trial Descriptor (Page 96) for information on trial treatments, locations, inputs, nutrient analysis and spring nutrient applications at each trial location.

Results Table 1. 2013 National Hemp Coop Fibre Variety Trial Height (cm) Summary at Cooperating Locations

Variety Arborg Carberry Kemptville Melfort Melita Roblin Vegreville

Canda 240 190 195 -- 158 177 194

CFX-2 183 -- -- 194 115 173 158

CRS-1 218 -- -- 226 133 173 177

Debbie -- -- -- -- 154 186 --

Delores -- -- 195 -- 172 180 197

Finola 165 -- -- 174 -- 161 127

Joey -- -- 185 -- 145 181 --

Silesia 238 211 224 255 -- 183 209

X59 198 152 157 197 103 166 165

Grand Mean

207 184 191 209 140 175 175

CV % 8.6 6.1 8.9 3.6 9 16.6 5.9

LSD 26.9 19.3 32.1 11.7 18.7 42.4 15.5

Sign Diff

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes

In 2013 the growing conditions were reasonable and the hemp grew to an average height for all the locations except for Melita (Table 1). The Melita site grew a shorter crop than normal. This could be due to the above average precipitation early in the growing season and then the drought conditions in late summer. The range of height recorded was from just over 1 meter tall (X59) to over 2.5 meters (Silesia). Plant height has a direct relationship to the amount of biomass produced for fibre production. Table 2. 2013 National Hemp Coop Fibre Variety Trial Plant Population (plants/m2) by Location


Canda 52 72 65 -- 209 360 130

CFX-2 46 -- -- 86 203 323 110

CRS-1 59 -- -- 107 245 318 143

Debbie -- -- -- -- 174 358 --

Delores -- -- 59 -- 209 310 90

Finola 53 -- -- 51 -- 365 115

Joey -- -- 71 -- 217 378 --

Silesia 63 83 98 109 -- 393 129


X59 69 99 91 101 280 440 209

Grand Mean

57 85 77 91 220 360 132

CV % 16.8 14.0 22.3 15.5 14.4 14.0 13.6

LSD 14.4 20.5 26.3 21.7 47 73.7 26.6

Sign Diff Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Seeding rate plays a significant role in hemp fibre quality. Stem diameter is the most important factor in achieving consistently high quality fibre. Optimum seeding rates of 250-300 plant/m2 have been shown to produce hemp stalk diameters (pencil size) that are most sought after for high quality fibre. Issues in seed mortality for hemp fields have been noted for some time and this impacts a grower’s ability to achieve target plant stands. More research is required to identify the cause or causes of excess seed mortality. With that being said, the 2013 Roblin site experienced optimal seed germination and above average plant stands. The seeding rate formula for all the locations used a 40% mortality rate. Seeding and germination conditions at Roblin were ideal this year and this may have reduced the mortality rate of the hemp seeds. Table 3. 2013 National Hemp Coop Fibre Variety Trial Yield (kg/ha) at Cooperating Locations Variety Total

(kg/ha) N %

Check (Canda)


Canda 8433 6 100 12525 5620 3988 -- 4120 16975 7369

CFX-2 7223 4 58 7216 -- -- 14848 1750 -- 5078

CRS-1 8779 4 82 10617 -- -- 15379 1572 -- 7547

Debbie 10686 2 101 -- -- -- -- 3321 18050 --

Delores 8145 4 100 -- -- 4335 -- 3799 17525 6921

Finola 6510 3 46 4645 -- -- 10430 -- -- 4455

Joey 8315 3 99 -- -- 3172 -- 3749 18025 --

Silesia 12638 6 127 15594 7736 8033 16665 -- 19575 8223

X59 6701 7 66 8461 4353 2729 13289 1126 11825 5122

Grand Total 6849 3176 3034 8970 2053 11631 4541

CV% 17.3 13.1 23.2 5.2 25.7 10.5 7.2

LSD 2563 1333 1990 1143 1066 2693 687

Significant Difference Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


Chart 1. 2013 National Hemp Coop Fibre Variety Trial Yield (kg/ha) at Roblin, MB

Table 4. 2012 and 2013 National Hemp Coop Fibre Variety Trial Yield (kg/ha) Comparison at Cooperating Locations

Variety 12-13 %

Canda

Arborg Carberry Gilbert Plains/ Roblin

Kemptville Melfort Melita Vegreville

‘12 ‘13 ‘12 ‘13 ‘12 ‘13 ‘12 ‘13 ‘12 ‘13 ‘12 ‘13 ‘12 ‘13

Alyssa -- 8295 -- -- -- 2957 -- -- -- -- -- 6285 -- 4688 --

Anka -- -- -- -- -- 3994 -- -- -- -- -- 6907 -- -- --

Canda 100 11613 12525 -- 5620 2683 16975 -- 3988 14401 -- 6285 4120 4008 7369

CanMa -- -- -- -- -- 1372 -- -- -- 10683 -- 4213 -- -- --

CFX-1 -- -- -- -- -- 1751 -- -- -- 9550 -- 4110 -- 3248 --

CFX-2 62 -- 7216 -- -- 1434 -- -- -- 9471 14848 3385 1750 3329 5078

CRS-1 76 9124 10617 -- -- 1496 -- -- -- 9542 15379 4559 1572 3254 7547

Debbie 103 11613 -- -- -- 2299 18050 -- -- -- -- 7529 3321 -- --

Delores 102 12442 -- -- -- 2656 17525 -- 4335 -- -- -- 3799 -- 6921

Finola 44 -- 4645 -- -- 648 -- -- -- 6531 10430 2279 -- 2217 4455

Joey 105 13271 -- -- -- 2717 18025 -- 3172 -- -- 6078 3749 5220 --

Jutta -- -- -- -- -- 2968 -- -- -- -- -- 7045 -- -- --

Silesia 120 10783 15594 -- 7736 3125 19575 -- 8033 17010 16665 6424 -- 5984 8223

X59 66 5806 8461 -- 4353 1707 11825 -- 2729 10516 13289 4490 1126 3253 5122


2012 Variety Fibre Quality Trial Results Keith Watson1, Jeff Kostuik2, Susan McEachern2, Angel Melnychenko2 and Craig Linde3

Plant Height

Plant height is one major characteristic that can influence the decision of which variety a grower wishes to plant. Shorter varieties are more applicable for grain production. Mid-height varieties may be dual purpose for both grain and fibre production, while the tallest varieties are tailored more for fibre-only production. Plant height measurements are taken close to harvest when the plants have reached their maximum height potential, and the crop could be harvested as a fibre-only crop. The height is measured as the average height of the canopy. Table 5 summarizes the height data recorded from variety trials since 1999 to 2012. The variation in height data is illustrated in the table by the inclusion of minimum and maximum values. More site years of data are desirable to give a representative average under a variety of environmental conditions. Year to year growing conditions have a significant effect on the height of hemp plants.

In 2012, plant height did vary from site to site (Table 5). The 2012 plant heights were generally taller when compared to the average height from 1999 to 2012. The tallest recordings were at the Melita and Melfort sites. Table 5. Hemp Plant Height (cm) from Variety Trials 1999-2012

Plant Height at Harvest Time (cm) 1999-2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012

Variety

Average Height (cm)

Site Years

Min Height (cm)

Max Height (cm)

Arb

org

Gilb

ert

Pla

ins

Carb

err

y

Melita

Veg

reville

Kem

ptv

ille

Melf

ort

Alyssa 183 25 84 240 190 162 194 239 179

1 MAFRI, Dauphin

2 PCDF, Roblin

3 CMCDC, Carberry


Anka 180 15 85 243 185 243 85

Canda 163 12 100 233 190 161 182 233 163 106 224

CanMa 178 4 141 210 141 159 203 210

CFX-1 131 12 86 181 142 130 150 148 135 86 181

CFX-2 131 12 78 187 145 130 145 148 135 78 187

CRS-1 155 12 106 226 168 137 164 225 144 106 226

Debbie 197 4 165 239 194 165 188 239

Delores 164 12 91 215 196 163 191

Finola 107 14 73 150 123 103 119 125 103 100 150

Joey 163 7 131 189 183 151 189 166

Jutta 175 5 106 234 179 234 106

Silesia 204 7 111 259 216 183 212 258 190 111 259

X59 143 7 80 193 150 137 143 164 133 80 193

Table 6. 2012 Industrial Hemp Fibre Variety Trial Yield - Manitoba Locations

2012 Yield: % of Alyssa

Variety Yield % Check

Site Years Tested

2012 Average Yield Arborg Gilbert Plains Melita

Alyssa 100 20 100 100 100 100

Anka 110 10 118 135 110

Canda 107 6 117 140 91 100

CanMa 61 2 60 46 67

CFX-1 55 5 63

59 65

CFX-2 50 5 52 48 54

CRS-1 81 6 87 110 51 73

Debbie 122 3 122 140 78 120

Delores 106 9 134 150 90 Finola 28 4 32 22 36

Joey 105 5 126 160 92 97

Jutta 108 3 108 100 112

Silesia 107 1 116 130 106 102

X59 68 3 68 70 58 71

Check Characteristics Alyssa

(tonnes/acre) 3.4 1.2 2.5

Alyssa 3.8 20 CV 19.8 21.2 12.0

tonnes/acre site years LSD% 36 23 17

Sign Diff yes yes yes

Note: Leaves and small branches are removed to give stalk yield only. No allowance is made for field, equipment, or handling loses.


0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

Alyssa Anka Canda Canma CRS 1 Debbie Delores Joey Jutta Silesia

% F

ibre

Variety

Average % fibre

Minimum

Maximum

% Fibre in All Locations

% Fibre Content Analysis Hemp plants were harvested at physiological maturity. After drying and processing, a 9 inch sample was taken at the midpoint of the plant. The stalk samples were sent to Biolin Research Inc. located in Saskatoon, SK. Biolin conducts a water rett to the stalk samples and determines the fibre/bast content. It is calculated by retting, extracting and cleaning the dry bast fibre. The weight of this fibre is then divided by the original dry weight of the unretted stalk and expressed as a percentage. This process will determine how much clean fibre would theoretically come out of a decorticating system if the stalks are retted and the fiber and shives are cleanly separated. This is the first year for this type of analysis. The data is limited and should be viewed with this in mind. Table 7. % Fibre at All Locations in 2012

Variety Number of Samples

% Fibre Mean Minimum % Maximum %

Alyssa 9 21.1 17.2 27.2

Anka 5 19.2 18.0 21.7

Canda 13 19.4 16.8 23.1

CanMa 4 12.7 11.7 14.2

CRS-1 12 17.7 15.4 20.8

Debbie 5 17.5 14.6 19.7

Delores 4 22.9 20.6 27.2

Joey 9 19.7 15.6 22.5

Jutta 6 21.8 20.5 23.7

Silesia 14 21.6 16.6 27.9

Chart 2. % Fibre at All Locations in 2012


Table 7 and Chart 2 illustrate the mean % fibre that was extracted from the various varieties. This is limited data. All the varieties have a range of % fibre that indicates there are various factors influencing plant growth. Factors include climate, location, fertility, plant population etc. The mean % fibre will be more representative and predictable for the different varieties as more data is collected and analyzed. Additional variance is expected between locations as multiple site year data are added. This demonstrates the need for continued testing so that more reliable data is available to determine variety adaptation to the various production zones. Chart 3. % Fibre by Variety and Location - 2012

Chart 3 reports the % fibre from each variety at each location. The data is from one year of analysis and should be viewed with discretion. The data illustrates the variability amongst the varieties and between locations. Location and variety recommendations for defined end use fibre production will be achievable in the future once more data is generated and compiled. More research is required to augment the data base. The fibre content of male plants versus female plants was not analyzed in this trial. The assumption is male plants have a higher percent fibre content but production volume is less due to the lower amount of overall fibre mass. Because of this the overall impact to fibre production is minimal. The possible reason for the higher percent fibre in male plants is that

0.0%

5.0%

10.0%

15.0%

20.0%

25.0%

30.0%

Alyssa Anka Canda Canma CRS 1 Debbie Delores Joey Jutta Silesia

% F

ibre

Varieties

% Fibre by variety and location PCDF

WADO

PESAI

Laird

Melfort

Vegreville

Kemptville


the bast fibre is found only in the inner bark of the stem and is therefore in a higher portion in the small diameter male stems. This hypothesis needs to be evaluated with further research.

Plant Population Effect on Fibre Content Table 8. % Fibre at Increasing Plant Population at Arborg, MB - 2012

Treatment Plants Emerged (pl/m²) Fibre Content of Unretted Straw (%)

25 pl/m² 14 20.1

50 pl/m² 25 21.6

100 pl/m² 56 21.3

150 pl/m² 72 20.8

200 pl/m² 116 21.2

250 pl/m² 104 20.6

300 pl/m² 214 22.5

250 pl/m² 180 21.4

The Arborg location evaluated % fibre in the variety Alyssa from a plant population trial. The target seed population ranged from 25 to 350 seeds per square metre. The % fibre content did not change significantly from the increased plant population even though there would have been an increase in stalk size from high to low plant populations. This is one trial and one location. Continued research is required to substantiate these findings.

Diameter Analysis by “Shape System” The fibre samples from the Gilbert Plains location were analyzed by the Shape System as a way to evaluate the system and introduce it as a method of evaluating hemp fibre. The Shape System is a research tool available at Biolin Research Inc. in Saskatoon. The samples are mounted on a slide, scanned and then an optical recognition system plus software make a graph of the percentage of fibres that fall between different micron ranges (e.g., 5-9.9, 10.0-14.9, 15.0-19.9….). It also calculates the median, the mean and various percentile cut-offs. C.V. = St Dev/mean (for fibres, hemp has a relatively big mean and an even bigger St Dev). The lower the CV, the less variation and the more desirable the fibre is for end users where consistency and evenness is valued (e.g., textiles for garments). Hemp generally has a higher CV than flax; flax has a higher CV than cotton and cotton has a higher CV than synthetic fibres. The most sheer, finest yarn and hence fabrics are made from synthetic fibres and the most coarse are made from hemp. However, there are certain end uses where a large CV would be a positive trait. An example is batt insulation. You need coarse fibres to give stiffness and


friction so the insulation stays adhered between the studs. Additionally you need finer fibres to trap and/or stop air flow - hence a high CV would be a positive trait. Similarly, some types of coarse filters and geotextile mats may be best made with high CV fibres. Fine textiles would pose a challenge because most chemical and mechanical treatments would have trouble with varied diameter fibres. “Ideal numbers” will depend on the end use. Generally, but not always, you will get higher prices for fibre lots that have a relatively low CV because it will be easier to make a consistent product. Fibres with a smaller mean value are generally more valuable. If the samples are too small and/or not truly representative, the bias can be both ways. You might have the misconception that the fibres are more consistent than they really are or you might be led to believe your fibres are much less consistent than they really are. If one has the time and money, trials can be conducted with different size and different numbers of sub-samples to develop confidence limits around how likely the sample results really reflect the total lot of fibre or a field of hemp. Ultimately the number of samples and the size of the samples will depend on the natural variation that occurs for the property in question in that lot or field and on the confidence level you need to have for a given application. The smaller the natural variation and the lower the confidence level required the fewer and/or smaller the samples need to be. The 10 percentile number represents the diameter of fibre that is just bigger than 10% of the fibres in the sample that was scanned. The 50 percentile represents the diameter of the fibre that is just bigger than 50% of the fibres that were scanned. And the 90 percentile represents the diameter of the fibre that is just bigger than 90% of the fibres that were scanned. The 50 percentile is considered the “median” fibre since 50% are smaller than this number and 50% are bigger. Again the ideal and most useful fibre depends on the end use. The average diameter ranges from 29 to 39 µm in size. Is this significant? The answer is yes. This means there are mostly small bundles of fibre. An estimate for ultimate fibres might be 5 to 20 microns. In general, the more mature the plant, the larger the fibre bundles due to the ultimate fibres being filled with cellulose and hence are being stretched outward (as a balloon does when you fill it with air) and/or because the pectin between the ultimate bundles is drying up and gluing the ultimate fibres more firmly together. Genetically some varieties may have less pectin and/or finer ultimate fibres. Some varieties may also be more mature at time of harvest and hence have bigger average bundle diameters. Measuring different varieties at different locations over a number of years is necessary to understand the natural variation that can exist and why it exists and how it could possibly be altered. If you want a real industry with industrial buyers and users, then you have to really know your product and the natural variations you can expect in it; how to test for these variations and how to compensate (e.g., blending and/or other treatments) to make these variations less noticeable or less of a problem for commercial scale end users.


Table 9. Fibre Diameter Analysis by “Fibre Shape” Analysis on Samples from Gilbert Plains, MB- 2012

CFM Lab Decorticator- “Fibre Shape”

Fibre Diameter Distribution Percentile

Fibre Diameters

Variety Ma

xim

um

(µm

)

Min

imu

m (µ

m)

Arith

Av

g. (µ

m)

St D

ev

C.V

. (%)

Pe

rce

ntile

5%

Pe

rce

ntile

10

%

Pe

rce

ntile

50

%

Pe

rce

ntile

90

%

Alyssa 143.3 5.0 29.2 18.3 62.5 12.08 15.85 36.48 70.12

Anka 160.5 5.1 38.9 25.4 65.4 15.12 21.23 52.57 92.27

Canda 153.3 5.1 33.3 21.1 63.4 13.65 18.53 42.83 79.56

CRS-1 158.9 5.4 35.5 22.5 63.2 14.92 19.09 45.41 86.98

Debbie 159.2 5.1 30.5 18.6 61.1 12.87 16.92 38.00 72.74

Delores 157.6 5.3 39.1 25.6 65.5 15.38 21.35 53.39 91.16

Joey 161.9 5.1 37.7 27.7 73.6 12.83 17.74 60.01 92.51

Jutta 159.0 5.1 39.5 27.1 68.5 14.79 21.39 54.54 95.65

Silesia 150.5 5.1 34.1 34.1 64.4 13.71 18.36 44.34 81.98

Alyssa and Debbie have shown that they have the finest fibre in terms of the smallest average diameters, the lowest 50% percentile cut-off and lowest C.V. Their fibre width distributions also look the best with a tight range of fibres at the lowest diameters. The fibre content of Debbie was only 14%. Perhaps it is later maturing and hence both the fibre content and the average diameter were still low. Or genetically it has really finer fibre or maybe it rets faster? On the other hand, Joey is shown to have a very wide range of fibre diameters and even a secondary peak between 68 and 80 microns. Is it the most mature one? Is it because of genetics or because it doesn’t ret as fast? It will take more samples from different sites and years to determine the real cause of those differences.

Important Considerations and Recommendations This is the first Bast Fibre yield analysis that has been done on Canadian hemp varieties, so it is only a snapshot of the varieties fibre quality. Farmers and industry are encouraged to use long-term, multi-site data as a management tool to select varieties. The more years of data from multi-locations will generate a more representative database. Hemp fibre has a multitude of uses. The hemp fibre industry is in its early infancy in North America. There still remain challenges ahead to successfully grow and market this versatile commodity, while ensuring that both the producer and processor realize a positive economic return.


Canada is taking a lead role in developing new technologies that incorporate hemp and other agriculture crop fiber as a component of manufactured products. The Canadian and provincial governments are investing dollars into manufacturing that will use agriculture composites in their production systems. The Manitoba government plans to spend $20 million over the next 10 years to help fuel the development of more "green" products made from things like hemp and wheat or flax straw. (McNeill 2011) The federal government invested $1.9 million through the Western Diversification Program to the Composites Innovation Centre (CIC) to establish a centre for the innovative use of agricultural products. Prairie Agriculture Fibre Characterization Industrial Technology Capability Centre, better known as FibreCITY, is located in Manitoba. The intent of FibreCITY is to develop the necessary test capabilities, material data bases and standards that will result in a very simple and easily applied test method to ensure that natural fibres selected for specific end uses will be consistent with their requirements thus securing widespread adoption by industry. (Government of Canada 2013) Some sectors of interest for the composite materials are automotive, construction and aerospace. It is expected that the biocomposites will replace 25 to 30% of a $500 billion global market. The goal of FibreCITY is to enhance a vertically integrated bio-fibre enterprise starting with the breeding of crop varieties that are tailored for the fibre content and quality. The crops will be grown under contract at a premium price and supplied to a regional processing pipeline for the emerging value added biomaterials sector. Some local manufacturers that are incorporating biocomposites into their production lines are Boeing, Standard Aero, New Flyer and Motor Coach Industries. (FibreCITY n.d.) Manitoba is at the heart of a region that is uniquely positioned to lead the advanced biomaterials industry. Four critical factors are needed to realize this level of success. They are: 1) a sustainable and reliable supply of suitable bio-mass commodity, 2) a strong research and development infrastructure, 3) a dynamic manufacturing sector to add value to the bio-mass and 4) most importantly, the capability to integrate the value chain from end to end. FibreCITY will provide the fourth critical success factor to link the other three that already exist or are in development in the province. (FibreCITY n.d.) Plains Industrial Hemp Processing (PIHP) at Gilbert Plains, MB has completed its construction and it is currently testing its processing equipment. They will be ready to process hemp fibre in 2014. PIHP is an example of critical factor number three. Schweitzer Mauduit (SWM) has a long history of processing flax fibre for utilization into specialty paper. Their Permanent Decorticating Facility is located at Carman, MB. They have also been very successful at finding end-use markets for the residual biomass such as flax shives. The local greenhouse operation, Vanderveens, uses the flax shives as a heat source for the greenhouses. SWM is interested in expanding its horizons and incorporating hemp fibre into their processing operations and end-use applications. They have done some research and developmental work at the Alberta Biomaterials Development Centre in Vegreville, AB. (Farm Management Canada 2012) (Love n.d.)


Emerson Hemp Distributors is located at Emerson, MB and they process hemp fibre to be used in the Canadian and US animal bedding and the green building materials markets. (Farm Management Canada 2012) The federal government has also invested $385,000 to Prairie Pulp & Paper Inc. to conduct further research and development for its chlorine-free and sulphur-free paper made entirely from Manitoba wheat and flax straw. Prairie Pulp and Paper is based in Manitoba and is founded by Jeff Golfman and Woody Harrelson. Other partners include former Manitoba finance minister Clayton Manness. Currently the Step Forward PaperTM is being manufactured in India but the goal is to build a new state-of-the-art facility in Manitoba. Office supply company Staples, offers the paper at 335 stores across Canada, on their Canadian website Staples.ca and they recently launched the paper into the U.S. market. Unisource offers businesses in Canada direct purchase of the Step Forward Paper. Prairie Improvement Network is conducting a feasibility study for the new non-wood pulp and/or paper mill in Manitoba. Hemp can also be considered as a source of straw for producing non-wood paper. (Cash 2013) (PrairieNetwork 2012) (White 2013) Alberta also has a strong commitment to the agriculture biocomposite industry and a number of processing plants have been established or are in the developmental stage. A cross-ministry partnership of Agriculture and Rural Development (ARD), Environmental and Sustainable Resource Development (ESRD) and Alberta Innovates and Technology Futures (AITF) have established an Alberta BioMaterials Centre (ABDC) at Vegreville, AB. ABDC is involved in the research and development of hemp and hemp processing systems. TTS Inc. from Edmonton has a joint venture with the Town of Drayton Valley and Weyerhauser to establish a non-woven matting line. Stemia Group is founded by Mike Duckett from the United Kingdom. Stemia Group is currently building a fully integrated bio-refinery that will utilize flax and hemp fibre for pre-fabricated panels to be used in the construction industry. It is a $31 million project and the goal is to have it operational by 2015. The bio-refinery is located in southern Alberta between Lethbridge and Taber. (Farm Management Canada 2012) The government of Alberta has committed resources in the area of nanotechnology as well. Part of their commitment is the construction of a one-of-a-kind Cellulose Nanocrystals (CNC) pilot plant at AITF’s Millwoods location in Edmonton. The plant is a collaboration of governments from Canada and Alberta. The plant will use wood and straw pulp from flax and hemp to create CNC for testing in commercial applications that will lead to production. CNC has many useful properties such as great strength, optical characteristics and very large surface area for the nano scale. Some applications will be drilling fluids, paints and industrial coatings, automotive components, building materials, plastics and packaging, optical devices, inks, pharmaceutical, viscosity control and templates. (Alberta Innovates Technology Futures 2013) The University of Alberta is researching hemp and its application in interconnected carbon nanosheets for ultrafast supercapacitors with high energy. A hydrothermal process is used to extract the microfibrils from the hemp bast fibre. Subsequent activation and carbonization processes are used to develop carbon nanosheets (CNS) that have a graphene-like structure and they are developed at a much lower cost of production. Because of the unique layer


structure of hemp fiber, which is preserved by the processes, the CNS material can work at a much higher power density. The maximum power density of CNS based supercapacitors is more than three times higher than the current commercial supercapacitors. (Nanowerk 2013) Another new area of interest is cellulose nanofibres. Cellulose nanofibres are derived from plant biomass and this is the most desirable group of nano-products. Firstly, the supply of raw materials is unlimited and renewable. Secondly, it is biodegradable and biocompatible with the animated world. Some expected areas of use for the nanofibres are medicine (drug carriers, surgical materials, prostheses and dressings), cosmetics (creams and nutritional ingredients, feminine protection products and masks), the environment (sensors, filters, nanofilters and absorbers), energy (electric cells and hydrogen storage), chemistry (catalysts with high efficiency and ultra-light materials and composites), electronics (computers, shields for electromagnetic radiation and electronic equipment), textiles (clothing and functional products) and defense (special-purpose clothing and face masks). (Harfield 2013)

Conclusions Continued research is needed to evaluate varieties so recommendations can be made to select varieties that are most suited to target production areas and provide the high fibre yield and quality processors are looking for. This will assist hemp plant breeders to refine or develop lines/varieties to assist the industry in growth and develop. It is also important that the various segments of the hemp industry continue to work together and take a lead role incorporating hemp into all the possible end-use opportunities that are developing.

References Alberta Innovates Technology Futures. "Alberta's one-of-a-kind CNC pilot plant

commissioned." Alberta Innovates Technology Futures. September 12, 2013. http://albertatechfutures.ca/NewsRoom/NewsReleases/AlbertasoneofakindCNCpilotplant.aspx (accessed January 6, 2014).

Cash, Martin. "Prairie Pulp & Paper gets foothold in U.S." Winnipeg Free Press, June 19, 2013.


Farm Management Canada. "Building a hemp industry in Alberta." Farm Management Canada. October 1, 2012. http://www.fmc-gac.com/content/building-hemp-industry-alberta (accessed January 6, 2014).

FibreCITY. Home. n.d. http://fibrecity.ca/index.html (accessed January 6, 2014). Government of Canada. "Feds invest in Composites Innovation Centre." Canadian Biomass,

January 29, 2013. Harfield, Don. "Biomass Conversion Technologies & Bio-Products." Ontario Biomass. August

22, 2013. http://www.ontariobiomass.org/Resources/Documents/2013%20Biomass%20Conference%20Presentations/Don%20Harfield%20%20BiomassConversion%20Technologies%20_%20Bio-Products.pdf (accessed January 6, 2014).

Love, Myron. "Local source of biofuels." Greenhouse Canada, n.d. McNeill, Murray. "$20M slated for 'green' products." Winnipeg Free Press, January 21, 2011. Nanowerk. "A nanotechnology use for hemp." Nanowerk. May 15, 2013.

http://www.nanowerk.com/spotlight/spotid=30513.php (accessed January 6, 2014). PrairieNetwork. "Non-Wood Pulp & Paper Industry Feasibility Study." Prairie Improvement

Network. December 18, 2012. http://prairienetwork.ca/non-wood-pulp-paper-industry-feasibility-study/ (accessed January 6, 2014).

White, Ed. "Straw paper market to expand." The Western Producer, October 31, 2013.


National Hemp Coop Grain Variety Trial


Site Information Locations: Arborg, Manitoba Carberry, Manitoba Melita, Manitoba Roblin, Manitoba Kemptville, Ontario Cooperators: Canada-Manitoba Crop Diversification Centre (CMCDC), Carberry, MB Parkland Crop Diversification Foundation (PCDF), Roblin, MB Prairies East Sustainable Agriculture Initiative (PESAI), Arborg, MB Westman Agriculture Diversification Organization (WADO), Melita, MB Wendy Asbil, University of Guelph, Kemptville, ON Plant Breeding Programs: Alberta Innovates Technology Futures Hemp Genetics International (HGI)



Background The Canadian hemp Industry continues to grow primarily due to grain processing. Increased market demand for hemp seed and its derivatives catalyzed two of Canada’s major hemp grain processors to undergo major infrastructure expansions to accommodate the rise in product demand. Both Manitoba Harvest and Hemp Oil Canada are Manitoba based companies. To keep pace with the increase in demand, more hemp acres are required to supply processors with consistent high quality grain. New growers are needed and established growers must remain vigilant to grow high quality grain for human consumption. The production of high quality hemp products starts at the farm level. Processors require high quality seed to conduct their processing operations and meet the standards set by end users and consumers. An example is Manitoba Harvest’s contract terms. They require 99.9% purity and less than 2% heated seeds to meet their Grade A standard and 99.5% purity and less than 4% heated seeds for Grade B. A systematic approach is required to maximize hemp quality. Successfully obtaining that quality is dependent on proper planning, agronomics, harvest and storage practices. Also proper field and variety selection are necessary for growing hemp in

1 PCDF, Roblin


the target production area and consistently produce a high quality food grade product that consumers are demanding.

Design, Materials & Operation Please refer to the National Hemp Coop Variety Trials- Trial Descriptor (Page 96) for information on trial treatments and locations, inputs, nutrient analysis and spring nutrient applications at each trial location.

Results Table 1. 2013 National Hemp Coop Grain Variety Trial Plant Population (plants/m2) by Location


Canda 52 72 65 -- 209 360 130

CFX-2 46 -- -- 86 203 323 110

CRS-1 59 -- -- 107 245 318 143

Debbie -- -- -- -- 174 358 --

Delores -- -- 59 -- 209 310 90

Finola 53 -- -- 51 -- 365 115

Joey -- -- 71 -- 217 378 --

Silesia 63 83 98 109 -- 393 129

X59 69 99 91 101 280 440 209

Grand Mean

57 85 77 91 220 360 132

CV % 16.8 14.0 22.3 15.5 14.4 14.0 13.6

LSD 14.4 20.5 26.3 21.7 47 73.7 26.6

Sign Diff Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Table 2. 2013 National Hemp Coop Grain Variety Trial Plant Height (cm) from Cooperating Locations


Canda 240 190 195 -- 158 177 194

CFX-2 183 -- -- 194 115 173 158

CRS-1 218 -- -- 226 133 173 177

Debbie -- -- -- -- 154 186 --

Delores -- -- 195 -- 172 180 197

Finola 165 -- -- 174 -- 161 127

Joey -- -- 185 -- 145 181 --

Silesia 238 211 224 255 -- 183 209

X59 198 152 157 197 103 166 165

Grand Mean

207 184 191 209 140 175 175

CV % 8.6 6.1 8.9 3.6 9 16.6 5.9

LSD 26.9 19.3 32.1 11.7 18.7 42.4 15.5


Sign Diff

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes

Table 3. 2013 National Hemp Coop Grain Variety Trial 1000 Kernel Weight (g) from Cooperating Locations


Canda 18.3 21.4 20.6 -- -- 19.3 18.4

CFX-2 16.5 -- -- 13.8 -- 17.0 14.2

CRS-1 17.5 -- -- 14.3 -- 17.6 16.5

Debbie -- -- -- -- -- 18.1 --

Delores -- -- 18.5 -- -- 18.2 17.0

Finola 13.0 -- -- 10.1 -- 12.0 10.9

Joey -- -- 18.7 -- -- 18.3 --

Silesia 14.3 17.8 15.1 12.2 -- 16.2 13.5

X59 17.3 18.6 17.3 13.1 -- 17.6 15.7

Grand Mean

16.1 19.3 18.0 12.7 -- 17.1 15.2

CV % 3.5 7.3 4.9 6.4 -- 3.8 5.3

LSD 0.9 2.4 1.4 1.2 -- 1.0 1.2

Sign Diff

Yes Yes Yes Yes -- Yes Yes

Table 4. 2013 National Hemp Coop Grain Variety Trial Yield (kg/ha) Results from Cooperating Locations Variety Total

(kg/ha) N %

Check (CRS-

1)

Arborg Carberry Kemptville*

Melfort Melita Roblin Vegreville *

Canda 1642 4 106 687 2192 1701 -- 1401 2289 1725

CFX-2 1612 4 106 601 -- -- 2205 1305 2340 1798

CRS-1 1516 4 100 669 -- -- 1924 1358 2114 1827

Debbie 1870 2 108 -- -- -- -- 1404 2337 --

Delores 1857 2 107 -- -- 1416 -- 1391 2323 1846

Finola 1362 3 87 424 -- -- 1671 -- 1991 1254

Joey 2142 2 123 -- -- 1541 -- 1569 2715 --

Silesia 1165 4 68 472 1466 1597 1376 -- 1347 1624

X59 1803 5 98 918 3093 2098 1743 1218 2043 1696

Grand Total 427 1190 1155 1158 978 1646 1260

CV% 6.6 9.8 27.2 12.0 6.5 7.7 19.6

LSD 63 380 N/A 334 N/A 244 N/A

Significant Difference Yes Yes N/A Yes N/A Yes N/A

* Vegreville and Kemptville locations were excluded from initial summary due to high CV.


Chart 1. 2013 National Hemp Coop Grain Variety Trial Yield (kg/ha) at Roblin, MB

Table 5. 2012 and 2013 National Hemp Coop Grain Variety Trial Yield (kg/ha) Comparison at Cooperating Locations

Variety 12-13 %

CRS-1

Arborg Carberry Gilbert Plains/ Roblin

Melfort Melita Vegreville

‘12 ‘13 ‘12 ‘13 ‘12 ‘13 ‘12 ‘13 ‘12 ‘13 ‘12 ‘13

Alyssa -- 989 -- 973 -- 820 -- -- -- 808 -- 912 --

Anka -- -- -- -- -- 1092 -- -- -- 1146 -- -- --

Canda 110 1230 687 1505 2192 1455 2289 2466 -- 1703 1401 1324 1725

CanMa -- -- -- 994 -- 1134 -- 2051 -- 1320 -- -- --

CFX-1 -- 1462 -- 1294 -- 988 -- 1927 -- 1324 -- 1023 --

CFX-2 100 1152 601 1134 -- 1178 2340 2104 2205 1356 1305 1104 1798

CRS-1 100 1456 669 1098 -- 1342 2114 2088 1924 1473 1358 972 1827

Debbie 93 982 -- 1206 -- 1121 2337 -- -- 1181 1404 -- --

Delores 99 1110 -- 1156 -- 1275 2323 -- -- -- 1391 -- 1846

Finola 74 1072 424 764 -- 740 1991 1661 1671 900 -- 637 1254

Joey 112 1452 -- -- -- 1344 2715 -- -- 1372 1569 1331 --

Jutta -- -- -- -- -- 1112 -- -- -- 761 -- -- --

Silesia 72 870 472 783 1466 924 1347 1821 1376 852 -- 774 1624

X59 102 1689 918 1200 3093 1416 2043 2187 1743 1226 1218 1327 1696

* Note: Kemptville was excluded from table 5 because the yield CV% was greater than 15%

The four main end use streams for hemp grain production is the extraction of oil for industrial, cosmetic and functional foods; hemp meal (byproduct from the oil extraction process) for protein drinks, cooking powder, flour or animal feed; whole seed for bird seed and some human food products; and the hemp hearts for the human food market. Plant stands play an important role for both grain and fibre production. For grain production, plant density will impact seed size which can have a role in the processing of the hemp seeds and the size of the hemp hearts. The lower the plant density the larger the seed size potential is. Growers must


determine what their end use market will be before they seed their crop. Seeding rates and plant densities are different for the various end uses. If grain production is the sole purpose of the production then the recommended target plant density is 100 plants/m2. For fibre or dual purpose production the target plant density is 250-300 plants/m2. All the entries except Finola have a larger seed size and Canda is the largest of them all. Joey and Canda have consistently been the highest yielding varieties from 2010 to 2013 (see previous Annual Reports for PCDF at http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/diversification/pcdf/index.html. Other noteworthy hemp genotypes that show promise for production and processing are Delores and Debbie. Joey, Canda, Delores and Debbie were bred and developed in the Parkland region.

2012 Hemp Oil Analysis Keith Watson1, Jeff Kostuik2, Susan McEachern2, Angel Melnychenko2 and Craig Linde3 Grain samples from the various cooperating sites were sent to CMH Biotechnologies Inc. laboratory at Steinbach, MB for Oil Quality analysis. Oil profiles determine the marketability of the oil and seed into various end use markets. Fatty Acid Profile The hemp seed varieties used in this analysis were provided by Manitoba Diversification Centers' hemp variety trial research work. Locations were in Gilbert Plains, Melita and Arborg. Additional data is included from variety trials carried out by Hemp Genetics International at Laird, Saskatchewan and Alberta Innovates Technology Futures in Vegreville, Alberta.

Oil extraction of each milled seed sample was performed using a platform shaker and two 60 minute hexane extractions, each using a 50 mL aliquot. The data is for hexane-extractable oil and is presented as oil content per gram of seed and as % oil content by weight.

Fatty acid composition was determined by extraction and methyl esterification of the fatty acids in the oil followed by analysis by GC-MS using a validated method. Results for each methylated fatty acid are expressed as an area %. Samples were done randomly. For the fatty acid profile, each sample was done in duplicate and each duplicate was injected twice for a total of 4 determinations per sample. The samples were done as a Set, i.e., all the A samples were analyzed first, and then the B samples were analyzed next.

Samples were analyzed for Palmitic acid (PA) C16:0, Stearic Acid (SA) C18:0, Oleic acid (OA) – Omega 9 C18:1, Linoleic acid (LA) – Omega 6 C18:2, Gamma-linolenic acid (GLA) – Omega 6 C18:3, Alpha linolenic acid (ALA) - Omega 3 C18:3 (isomer of GLA), Stearidonic acid (SDA) - Omega 3 C18:4. Percent seed oil was also evaluated. Saturated Fatty Acids (Palmitic & Stearic) – The oil composition of the seed is made up of various fatty acids. A portion of the fatty acid profile consists of saturated fatty acids. The

1 MAFRI, Dauphin

2 PCDF, Roblin

3 CMCDC, Carberry

http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/diversification/pcdf/index.html


primary saturated fatty acids for hemp are palmitic and stearic acids. The lower the portion of saturated fatty acids the healthier the oil is considered. Examples of saturated fatty acid presence in other crop types are 7% for canola, 9% for safflower, 10% for sunflower and 13% for olive oil. The level of saturated fatty acids in hemp is about 7% and it is comparable to canola which is considered healthy oil. (NutriStrategy 2013) Monounsaturated fatty acids (MUFA) - Monounsaturated fats are simply fats that have one double-bonded (unsaturated) carbon in the molecule. MUFAs are typically liquid at room temperature but start to turn solid when chilled. Olive oil is an example of oil that contains a significant portion of monounsaturated fats and it is the main oil consumed in the healthy Mediterranean diet. Monounsaturated fats can help reduce bad cholesterol levels in your blood and lower your risk of heart disease and stroke. They are also typically high in vitamin E, an antioxidant vitamin that most individuals need more of. Oleic fatty acid is the main MUFA of interest. (American Heart Association 2010) Polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) are fatty acids that contain more than one double bond chain of carbon atoms. This would include C18:1 to C18:4 in the tables below. This class includes many important compounds, such as essential fatty acids (e.g. Omega 3 and 6). Fatty acids supply energy for the muscles, heart and other organs. They also aid in the formation of cell membranes and supply energy for the storage of fat. Polyunsaturated fatty acids are "good" fatty acids that have many health benefits when used to replace saturated fatty acids. Polyunsaturated fatty acids are better for you than saturated fatty acids. They have been shown to reduce LDL or bad cholesterol while increasing HDL or good cholesterol. Polyunsaturated fatty acids contain essential fatty acids (EFAs) like omega-3 and omega-6 acids. These are fatty acids that the body needs but cannot produce and must be acquired through dietary sources. Essential fatty acids are critical components of cell membrane production. Polyunsaturated fatty acids also help regulate the production of prostaglandin, a substance that helps the body's inflammatory functions. An added benefit of polyunsaturated fats is that they release a hormone which sends a signal to the brain when you are full. Gamma linolenic acid (GLA) - There are several different types of omega-6 fatty acids. Most omega-6 fatty acids in the diet come from vegetable oils in the form of linoleic acid (LA). The body converts linoleic acid (LA) to GLA and then to arachidonic acid (AA). GLA is thought to have anti-inflammatory properties. Hemp varieties from 2012 data exhibit a 3 to 4% level of GLA. Stearidonic acid (SDA) is an omega 3 fatty acid sometimes called moroctic acid. It is biosynthesized from alpha-linolenic acid. Natural sources of this fatty acid are the seed oils of hemp, blackcurrant, corn gromwell, echium and cyanobachterium spirulina (blue-green algae). Monsanto is currently developing a SDA Omega-3 soybean so that consumers can consume more SDA in their diet. SDA enriched soy-oil will replace standard soy-oil as an ingredient in many of the food products found in the grocery stores. Hemp contains a more balanced Omega 6 (LA+GLA) to Omega 3 (ALA) ratio of 3:1 compared to the current Western diet of 10:1 to 20:1. Studies have shown that a lower Omega 6 to


Omega 3 ratio would enable the body to prevent the pathogenesis of many diseases such as cardiovascular disease, cancer and inflammatory and autoimmune diseases. (Simopoulos 2010)

Table 6. Oil Quality Summary by Location - Gilbert Plains, 2012

Cultivar % Oil

Content

% Palmitic

acid (PA)

% Stearic

Acid (SA)

% Oleic acid (OA) – Omega 9

% Linoleic acid (LA) – Omega 6

% Gamma-linolenic

acid (GLA) – Omega 6

% Alpha linolenic

acid (ALA) -

Omega 3

% Stearidonic acid (SDA) -

Omega 3

(C16:0) (C18:0) (C18:1) (C18:2) (C18:3) (C18:3) (C18:4)

Alyssa 28.29 4.96 1.97 13.04 57.47 2.90 18.78 0.88

Anka 27.72 4.92 1.91 12.98 57.18 2.77 19.38 0.86

Canda 27.69 4.74 1.91 12.40 57.37 3.51 19.03 1.03

Canma 29.22 5.12 1.96 11.72 56.95 3.42 19.76 1.07

CFX-1 30.42 4.82 1.97 11.74 57.59 3.60 19.22 1.06

CFX-2 32.15 4.70 1.89 11.79 57.91 3.57 19.09 1.05

CRS-1 30.31 4.83 1.87 12.26 57.57 2.73 19.84 0.89

Debbie 29.51 5.01 1.90 12.26 57.57 3.23 19.06 0.97

Delores 29.76 4.88 2.02 13.23 57.73 2.81 18.50 0.82

Delores 29.24 4.84 1.95 12.99 57.54 3.35 18.36 0.96

Finola 29.53 4.73 1.73 10.28 57.40 4.44 20.06 1.36

Joey 29.27 4.77 2.02 12.56 57.09 3.64 18.82 1.09

Jutta 28.74 4.86 1.88 13.13 57.19 2.94 19.11 0.89

Silesia 28.57 5.27 2.01 12.47 56.64 3.42 19.11 1.08

X-59 27.29 5.08 1.61 12.04 55.69 4.91 19.19 1.48

Table 7. Oil Quality Summary by Location - Melita, 2012

Cultivar % Oil

Content

% Palmitic

acid (PA)

% Stearic

Acid (SA)

% Oleic acid (OA) – Omega

9

% Linoleic acid (LA) – Omega

6

% Gamma-linolenic

acid (GLA) –

Omega 6

% Alpha linolenic

acid (ALA) - Omega 3

% Stearidonic acid (SDA) -

Omega 3

(C16:0) (C18:0) (C18:1) (C18:2) (C18:3) (C18:3) (C18:4)

Alyssa 29.72 5.01 2.25 14.53 57.29 2.87 17.28 0.76

Anka 28.03 5.13 2.24 14.68 57.12 2.81 17.25 0.76

Canda 27.46 5.05 2.10 13.26 57.08 3.82 17.68 1.00

Canma 30.57 5.20 2.20 12.05 58.23 3.33 18.06 0.92

CFX-1 33.35 5.14 1.94 11.75 58.00 3.70 18.48 1.00

CFX-2 33.35 5.14 1.94 11.75 58.00 3.70 18.48 1.00

CRS-1 30.46 5.14 2.14 12.82 57.34 3.25 18.48 0.82

Debbie 29.47 5.08 2.17 13.04 58.15 3.27 17.39 0.89

Finola 30.42 5.10 1.60 9.66 57.79 4.55 20.00 1.30

Joey 28.57 4.98 2.29 13.98 56.20 3.56 18.04 0.95


Jutta 30.15 5.10 2.30 14.78 57.31 2.71 17.01 0.79

Silesia 28.48 4.91 2.19 13.20 56.45 3.58 18.58 1.09

X-59 28.19 5.24 1.64 12.64 55.40 4.94 18.72 1.42

Table 8. Oil Quality Summary by Location - Arborg, 2012

Cultivar % Oil

Content

% Palmitic

acid (PA)

% Stearic Acid (SA)


9


6

% Gamma

-linolenic

acid (GLA) – Omega

6

% Alpha linolenic


% Stearidonic acid (SDA) - Omega 3

(C16:0) (C18:0) (C18:1) (C18:2) (C18:3) (C18:3) (C18:4)

Alyssa 28.16 4.82 2.06 12.62 57.10 2.84 19.63 0.92

Canda 27.44 4.66 1.95 12.44 57.43 3.65 18.82 1.06

CFX-1 29.42 4.82 1.85 11.68 58.39 3.67 18.59 1.00

CFX-2 29.08 4.80 1.85 11.27 58.39 3.75 18.89 1.04

CRS-1 28.05 4.72 1.87 12.09 57.85 2.88 19.70 0.90

Debbie 27.26 4.97 2.16 11.75 58.03 3.13 18.97 1.00

Delores 28.00 4.78 2.08 12.76 57.27 3.03 19.19 0.90

Finola 28.85 4.74 1.69 9.69 57.84 4.48 20.22 1.35

Joey 26.75 4.62 1.99 12.50 56.44 4.03 19.20 1.22

Silesia 28.28 4.72 1.75 11.67 57.73 2.80 20.43 0.89

X-59 25.43 4.90 1.80 12.50 55.37 4.87 19.08 1.48

Table 9. Oil Quality Summary by Location - Laird, 2012

Cultivar % Oil

Content

% Palmitic

acid (PA)

% Stearic Acid (SA)


9


6

% Gamma-linolenic


6

% Alpha linolenic



(C16:0) (C18:0) (C18:1) (C18:2) (C18:3) (C18:3) (C18:4)

Alyssa 25.70 4.93 2.25 11.09 56.99 2.58 21.15 1.01

Canda 25.60 4.74 2.15 9.79 57.36 3.29 21.37 1.29

CFX-1 31.72 4.60 1.80 10.81 58.38 3.47 19.80 1.13

CFX-2 31.49 4.39 1.68 10.29 59.47 3.14 19.97 1.06

CRS-1 28.60 4.67 1.96 10.23 58.50 2.73 20.85 1.05

Delores 25.55 4.69 2.27 11.15 58.08 2.78 20.05 0.99

Finola 29.69 4.49 1.62 9.59 57.76 4.17 20.97 1.41

Joey 27.10 4.56 2.12 10.54 57.02 3.76 20.63 1.36

Silesia 25.16 5.01 2.40 10.22 57.31 2.74 21.23 1.09

X-95 25.66 4.75 1.58 10.72 55.89 4.74 20.61 1.70


Table 10. Oil Quality Summary by Location - Vegreville, 2012

Cultivar % Oil

Content

% Palmitic

acid (PA)

% Stearic Acid (SA)


9


6

% Gamma-linolenic


6

% Alpha linolenic



(C16:0) (C18:0) (C18:1) (C18:2) (C18:3) (C18:3) (C18:4)

Alyssa 30.71 4.49 2.21 13.61 57.64 2.33 18.92 0.80

Canda 28.89 4.41 1.94 11.97 57.69 3.48 19.41 1.10

CFX-1 32.02 4.56 1.96 12.27 57.67 3.32 19.19 1.02

CFX-2 32.42 4.51 1.85 11.48 58.21 3.27 19.62 1.05

CRS-1 32.68 4.51 2.03 12.11 58.27 2.33 19.94 0.82

Finola 32.09 4.69 1.76 11.03 57.10 4.38 19.71 1.33

Joey 31.43 4.42 2.27 12.87 56.13 3.65 19.42 1.23

Silesia 29.24 4.51 2.42 12.65 56.51 2.91 19.95 1.06

X-59 30.20 4.55 1.81 12.18 55.90 4.34 19.76 1.47

Table 11. Average Hemp Oil Quality all Locations, 2012

Cultivar % Oil

Content

% Palmitic

acid (PA)

% Stearic Acid (SA)

% Oleic acid

(OA) – Omega

9

% Linoleic

acid (LA) – Omega

6

% Gamma-linolenic


6

% Alpha

linolenic acid

(ALA) - Omega

3


Site Years

(C16:0) (C18:0) (C18:1) (C18:2) (C18:3) (C18:3) (C18:4)

5 Alyssa 28.52 4.84 2.15 12.98 57.30 2.70 19.15 0.87

2 Anka 27.88 5.03 2.08 13.83 57.15 2.79 18.32 0.81

5 Canda 27.42 4.72 2.01 11.97 57.39 3.55 19.26 1.10

2 Canma 29.90 5.16 2.08 11.88 57.59 3.38 18.91 0.99

5 CFX-1 31.38 4.79 1.91 11.65 58.00 3.55 19.06 1.04

5 CFX-2 31.70 4.71 1.84 11.32 58.40 3.48 19.21 1.04

5 CRS-1 30.02 4.77 1.97 11.90 57.90 2.78 19.76 0.90

3 Debbie 28.75 5.02 2.07 12.35 57.92 3.21 18.48 0.95

4 Delores 28.14 4.80 2.08 12.53 57.65 2.99 19.03 0.92

5 Finola 30.12 4.75 1.68 10.05 57.58 4.40 20.19 1.35

5 Joey 28.62 4.67 2.14 12.49 56.58 3.73 19.22 1.17

2 Jutta 29.44 4.98 2.09 13.96 57.25 2.82 18.06 0.84

5 Silesia 27.94 4.88 2.15 12.04 56.93 3.09 19.86 1.04

5 X-95 27.35 4.90 1.69 12.01 55.65 4.76 19.47 1.51


Geographic location and weather has an impact on fatty acid levels in the seed oil. Some fatty acids are more sensitive to environmental conditions than others. The general thought is that the northern latitudes with cooler growing conditions will elevate the PUFAs and lower the saturated fats in the oil. The oil quality tables above support this thought. The saturated fatty acids and oleic fatty acid levels are slightly higher at Melita, MB compared to the other more northern sites. The PUFAs, ALA and SDA are higher at the northern locations versus the southern location of Melita. Linoleic and GLA seem to remain reasonably constant regardless of location.

Important Considerations and Recommendations Canadian Hemp varieties are performing well under a wide range of growing conditions. The variety trials this year did show variation amongst varieties and between the regional climatic conditions of the trial locations in the province. More research is required to help determine which varieties are best suited for the various production areas and for different end uses. The data presented represents a comparison of the yield and fatty acid profiles of the hemp varieties that are currently being grown. Differences in varietal fatty acid profiles are a future consideration for producers and contracting companies when they are selecting a variety to grow and process. Weather and location will affect the fatty acid composition of the oil and there will be some variation from year to year. More years of testing are required to confirm the level of variability so that processors can establish guidelines or tolerances for their processing operations. Variety selection should be done using multi-year and multi-site data as a criterion to select the best yielding and adapted varieties for a specific location. The confidence level of the data is much higher when there are more sites and years of data. Industrial hemp is a crop that requires a license for possession and production from Health Canada. All varieties must have every field tested for THC each year by the grower unless the variety is specifically exempt by Health Canada. Growers need to check the exemption list yearly. Early and late varieties will give farmers an opportunity to grow acres and spread out their harvesting due to different harvest maturities. Ideally hemp should be grown under contract and for the following reasons. For producers it is an assurance of price for their product as long as they meet the purity and % of heated seed requirements of the contract. Most processors offer agronomic services with their contracts to aid producers in selecting the right variety for their production and meeting the quality requirements. Delivery dates are more predictable and reliable for scheduling income sources. For the processor, it is an indicator of the potential volume of seed they will be processing and ensuring they meet end user market demand for the year.


Conclusions

Newly adapted varieties from the Canadian plant breeding programs are now available and show promise of improved long term grain yields. It is important to continue variety testing throughout the various geographic regions of Canada. Continued testing will generate more site years of data, develop a better understanding of variety performance agronomically and oil quality wise in the different production zones and potentially expand the production of hemp so that processors have a consistent high quality source of seed to meet

their rising demand for processed products. Data parameters of interest on the grain side of hemp production are seed mortality, 1000 kernel weight, plant height and seed oil quality. Hemp seed mortality is a significant concern and the factors that contribute to poor germination need to be further explored. The data generated from this report is of key importance to hemp producers and the industry as it plays a major role in crop planning, contracting decisions and economic feasibility. Hemp seed is gaining awareness in the health industry due to its desirable oil profile. Continued research is required to determine how climate, location and varietal differences affect oil content and quality. Overall, data is limited and more research is required to develop hemp as a popular cropping option in Canada.

References American Heart Association. Monounsaturated Fats. October 29, 2010.

http://www.heart.org/HEARTORG/GettingHealthy/FatsAndOils/Fats101/Monounsaturated-Fats_UCM_301460_Article.jsp (accessed January 8, 2014).

NutriStrategy. "Fats, Cooking Oils and Fatty Acids." NutriStrategy. 2013. http://www.nutristrategy.com/fatsoils.htm (accessed January 7, 2014).

Simopoulos, Artemis P. "The omega-6/omega-3 fatty acid ratio: health implications." SFEL. October 2010. http://www.sfel.asso.fr/fichiers/pdf/publi-r-ntes-/versionpdf-2.pdf (accessed January 8, 2014).


Oilseeds

Northern Adapted Flax Coop Trial


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Michelle Beaith- Flax Breeder, Crop Production Services Research Kathy Hanson- Research Technician, Crop Production Services Research

Background The Northern Adapted Flax Variety Development Project (NAFVDP) was established when the flax industry recognized that the flax production region needed to expand. The majority of flax production had shifted to Saskatchewan from Manitoba. The primary region of production became the SE corner of Saskatchewan. Canadian flax production had been negatively affected from a series of adverse weather events in that region and the flax industry was struggling to meet exports. New production areas were required to minimize the risks associated with production and generate a more consistent supply for flax markets. The NAFVDP is a collaboration of many organizations. Saskatchewan Flax Development Commission (SaskFlax) is coordinating the project. Crop Production Services (formerly Viterra) , Alberta Innovates and Technology Futures (AITF) and Northeast Agricultural Research Foundation (NARF)- based at AAFC Melfort are the main organizations conducting the research. Funding and in-kind contributions have been sourced from Saskatchewan’s Agriculture Development Fund, Western Grains Research Foundation, Manitoba Agri-Food Research and Development Initiative, Flax Council of Canada, Canadian Agricultural Adaptation Program, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC), Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development (MAFRD) and BC Grain Producers Association (BCPGA). CPS took the lead in launching a breeding program focused on developing northern adapted flax cultivars. New production zones would be accessible for flax production and producers in those zones would be provided with another cropping option. The zones would expand to encompass the northern regions of Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta, as well as the Peace River area of BC. Plant breeding is a process beginning with a cross between two cultivars with desirable traits. There is a multitude of gene combinations and the genetic diversity derived from one cross can generate cultivars with a maturity range from early to late. Material not suited for the northern adapted project could be applicable to producers in the southern production zones.

1 PCDF, Roblin


The Northern Adapted Flax Co-operative Trial was conducted for the second year in 2013. Michelle Beaith from Crop Production Services (CPS) is the coordinator for the trial. CPS, AAFC - Morden and CDC – Saskatoon have entries in the trial. A number of traits have been identified as a requirement for production in the northern zones. Some or all of these traits could have beneficial applications for producers in the southern areas as well. The co-operative test system is a network of sites and cooperators across western Canada. PCDF has agreed to be part of the network and contribute to developing flax varieties for producers in the Parkland region and beyond. (King 2013)

Objective To evaluate different varieties of flax that:

are more tolerant to cold soils (earlier seeding should translate to higher yield and less challenging harvests)

have a more determinate growth habit (less flowering in autumn)

have a range of maturities for producers from the U.S. border to the Peace Region

have stems that ripen more synchronously with boll ripening to help with ease of harvest

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 36 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Balanced Lattice Seeding date: May 23 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 50 lbs. N, 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S Pesticide applied: May 23- Authority and Roundup Weathermax June 17- Curtail M Harvest date: September 17 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested with weight recorded Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble. Following seeding, but prior to emergence, the trial was sprayed with Authority and Roundup Weathermax. Due to a second flush of weeds, the plot was sprayed with Curtail M. A number of data parameters such as plant stand, early season vigor, height, maturity date lodging, determinate habit, stem dry down and boll drop were recorded throughout the growing season. Reglone was applied to the trial to help with dry down before harvesting with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and weight was recorded. A 300 gram sample was then sent to CPS Research Farm in Watrous, Saskatchewan for further quality analysis.


Table 1. 2013 Northern Adapted Flax Coop Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB*

AC Nugget FP2382 FP2440 FP2449

CDC Bethune FP2385 FP2441 FP2450

Flanders FP2388 FP2442 FP2451

Hanley FP2390 FP2443 FP2452

Linola 2047 FP2395 FP2444 FP2453

NorLin FP2436 FP2445 FP2454

Prairie Grande FP2437 FP2446 FP2455

Prairie Thunder FP2438 FP2447 FP2456

FP2380 FP2439 FP2448 FP2457 * Numbered Varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration




P* 12 ppm (med) 40



Results Table 3. 2013 Northern Adapted Flax Coop Trial Results at Roblin, MB


DTM* Lodging (1-9)*

Det. Habit* (1-9)

Stem Dry Down (1-9)*

Sign. Diff.

Yield*

FP2456 4337 102 2 9 6 a

FP2437 4291 101 2 9 5 ab

FP2385 4212 102 3 9 7 abc

FP2439 4175 102 1 9 6 abc

FP2395 4165 103 1 9 7 acbd

CDC Bethune

4154 102 1 9 4 abcde

FP2438 4149 102 2 9 5 abcde

FP2380 4126 103 3 9 6 abcde

Prairie Thunder

4118 102 1 9 6 abcde

FP2441 4113 102 2 9 5 abcde

FP2436 4042 103 2 9 6 abcdef

Hanley 4037 100 2 9 4 abcdef

FP2447 4001 103 2 9 7 abcdefg

Linola 2047

3992 103 1 9 4 abcdefg

FP2457 3975 102 2 9 6 abcdefg

FP2449 3958 102 2 9 6 abcdefg


FP2445 3929 101 2 9 5 abcdefg

FP2454 3913 102 1 9 6 abcdefg

FP2388 3907 102 2 9 6 abcdefg

AC Nugget 3894 103 2 9 6 abcdefgh

FP2440 3877 101 2 9 5 bcdefghi

FP2450 3868 104 1 9 7 cdefghi

FP2451 3855 98 3 9 6 cdefghi

FP2390 3771 101 2 9 6 cdefghi

FP2442 3727 101 2 9 2 defghi

FP2444 3718 100 2 9 3 efghi

FP2448 3710 102 3 9 6 efghi

FP2453 3644 102 1 9 6 fghi

Flanders 3577 101 3 9 4 ghij

FP2455 3575 107 2 9 6 ghij

FP2446 3567 101 2 9 6 ghij

FP2452 3456 103 5 9 6 hij

Prairie Grande

3446 100 3 9 5 ij

FP2382 3443 100 3 9 7 ij

FP2443 3153 102 2 9 4 j

Norlin 3135 101 3 9 6 j

Grand Mean

3861 102 2 9 5 --

CV% 7.1 0.94 46.5 9.7 18.85 --

LSD 446.38 1.56 1.56 1.41 1.67 --

Sign Diff Yes Yes Yes No Yes -- * DTM = Days to Maturity * Lodging (1-9) = 1- Straight, 9- Completely Flat * Det. Habit (1-9) = 1- Excessive Reflower (>40% flowering or unopened), 5- 6-20%, 9- no flowers or unopened buds * Stem Dry Down (1-9) = 1- grass green, 3- green, 5- pale green, 7- yellow, 9- brown * Sign. Diff. = Significant Difference According to Yield


Chart 1. 2013 Northern Adapted Flax Coop Trial Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB

CDC Bethune is the main check for this test. None of the entries were significantly higher yielding than CDC Bethune. The majority, 74%, of the FP entries were not significantly different in yield to CDC Bethune. The average yield for the overall test was 61 bu/acre with the range being 41 to 73 bu/acre. FP2451, FP2444 and FP2382 were significantly earlier than CDC Bethune by 4 days, 2 days and 2 days respectively. FP2450 and FP2455 were significantly later than CDC Bethune by 2 days and 5 days respectively. All the entries had a determinant growth habit with no re-flowering observed. All the FP entries had similar or significantly better stem dry down than CDC Bethune except for FP2442. FP2442 had significantly more green stems at maturation.

Important Considerations and Recommendations Flax is a crop that continues to struggle to get a foothold in the Parkland region. Historically, it has been viewed as a crop with some harvest challenges such as unfavorable weather conditions, greenish straw, re-flowering and weathered seed quality. Flax breeding and research has come a long way and flax can have a positive economic impact for producers and a viable crop to include in the rotation. When seeded early, flax seedlings have the capacity to withstand frost at an increasing rate from -3°C to -8°C for just emerged seedlings to >2 leaf stage, respectively. By seeding earlier, producers can harvest earlier and minimize most of the harvesting challenges. The NAFVDP


breeding program’s trait development will also enhance flax’s ability to overcome these previous challenges. (Flax Council of Canada 2002) Flax is a worthwhile option to consider in a crop rotation. Research has shown that canola performs better when seeded on flax stubble. Flax has minimal insect and disease issues, requires less fertilizer, has expanded herbicide options to enhance weed control, has greater yield potential on a well-managed cropping program and the end use markets for seed, oil and fibre are expanding. The 2013 plots at Roblin are a good indicator of the yield potential of flax in the region. The management practices at the site were within the parameters of what a producer would conduct on their farm. Flax is one of the top four crops recommended for 2014 that would generate good margins for producers. The recommendation is based on 28 bu/acre yield. (Raine 2014) This yield target is achievable with good management practices such as appropriate land selection, early seeding, applying fertilizer rates for yield target and timely herbicide applications. The fungicide application of Headline® has shown to enhance yield as well but was not applied on the flax plots in 2013. The Parkland region has supplier market benefits by having a major supplier facility located at Angusville, MB. Grain Millers has announced a new strategic partnership with Glen and Linda Pizzey to help enhance all aspects of its flax division. The Pizzeys have been major players in the flax business since 1992 and they have a passion and understanding for flax’s nutritional and functional benefits. Grain Millers have developed a new product line called SafeFlaxTM and they have opened up two new processing facilities at Angusville, Manitoba and Marion, Indiana. Combined with its Newton, Wisconsin site, Grain Millers are one of the world’s largest in food flax processing. Components of the SafeFlaxTM product line include SafeBakeTM for a variety of food applications, SafeBevTM for use in beverage applications and SafeExtendTM, a highly functional flax derivative that serves as a cost effective alternative to expensive dough enhancers for bakery mixes and batters. The processing technology that is used to develop SafeFlaxTM has set a new industry standard for developing a safe product without compromising the nutritional and functional components of the flax. The processing technology also guarantees a shelf life of two years. By reducing concerns about pathogens and shelf life, end use customers can be more effective in operating safely and schedule flexibility. (Grain Millers 2013)

Conclusions Flax has some competition for development into the northern Prairie regions of production. Breeding efforts are being conducted with soybeans and corn and there could be some stiff competition down the road. The yield potential of flax and its low input cost requirements should make it a strong contender for production acres. Producers will have to do a thorough evaluation of the pros and cons for their operation. In the big picture of things, all three crops could merit benefits and become a part of the rotational recipe for producers. This would widen the rotational frequency of some crops such as canola and reduce potential disease problems.


It is important that PCDF continues its role in the evaluation and development of the Northern Adapted Flax Variety Development. This would give producers in the Parkland region a better comparison with the other crops being tested at the site.

References Flax Council of Canada. Growing Flax- Production, Management and Diagnostic Guide.

Winnipeg: Flax Council of Canada, 2002. Grain Millers. Grain Millers Flax. 2013. http://www.safeflax.com/products (accessed November

19, 2013). King, Carolyn. "Flax for the Northern Prairies." Top Crop Manager, October 2013: 12-14.


Evaluation of Soybean Cultivar Growth Rate and Maturity on Differing Soil Types


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Dr. Ramona Mohr, Research Lead- Research Scientist, AAFC Brandon Dr. Aaron Glenn- Scientist, AAFC Brandon Mark Sandercock- Research Technician, AAFC Morden

Background Soybeans are a crop traditionally grown in the Mid-Western United States. The number of acres in Manitoba have increased significantly in the past decade and within the past few years has moved into more northern areas that were previously considered risky for soybean production. Growth, development and yield are a result of a variety’s genetic potential interacting with environment and farming practices. Correct production decisions using plant growth staging and timing are important for successful soybean production. By understanding how a soybean plant grows and develops, field practices to maximize the genetic potential of the varieties grown can be established. Management practices that may influence crop growth include seedbed preparation, variety selection, planting rate, planting depth, row width, pest management (disease, insects and weeds), fertilization and harvesting. There have been questions raised about the impact of latitude and solar radiation on the rate of development and maturity of soybean growth in northern regions. Short day length and warm temperatures control soybean flowering. Soybeans must reach at least the first trifoliate in growth before they can be induced to flower. Soybeans in the northern U.S. have longer minimum day length requirements for the onset of flowering (often greater than 14 hours of daylight). Within a variety variations in time of flowering may occur from year to year with the same day length closely associated with temperature conditions. Planting a specific variety further north than its adapted maturity range will extend the period of vegetative growth, delay flowering and delay maturity due to the extended summer day length and cooler temperatures. Likewise, planting a variety further south than its adapted range will shorten the vegetative growth period, cause earlier flowering and result in an earlier maturity due to shorter summer day length and warmer temperatures. Cooper (2003) found that earlier flowering when the days are longer and the light intensity is great results in higher yields. Photoperiod and incident solar radiation are often correlated and when temperature is included this relationship becomes stronger and a photo thermal quotient may be developed.

1 PCDF, Roblin


This project is a multiyear, multi-location study on the growth stages of popular soybean varieties. Studying these factors will help to maximize the potential of the crop. PCDF has been conducting this trial for over three years.

Objective To evaluate cultivar growth rate and maturity on differing soil types.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 3 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 29 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S Pesticide applied: June 18- Roundup Weathermax Harvest date: October 17 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested then dried. Once samples were dry, weight

and moisture were recorded. Three soybean varieties were grown and due to a confidentiality agreement, their names will not be disclosed. They will be referred to as Soybean 1, 2 and 3. Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. Before the trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble, the soybean seed was inoculated with the proper Rhizobia. After seeding, but prior to emergence, the trial was rolled with a land roller to push stones in and assist with an easier harvest. The plots were sprayed once with Roundup to control weeds. The trial was monitored throughout the growing season to collect various developmental stages of the soybeans. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and then dried before weight and moisture were recorded. A 500 gram sample from each plot was then sent to AAFC Brandon for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Evaluation of Soybean Cultivar Growth Rate and Maturity on Differing Soil Types Treatments at Roblin, MB

Soybean 1 Soybean 2 Soybean 3





P* 12 ppm (med) 40



Results Table 3. 2013 Evaluation of Soybean Cultivar Growth Rate and Maturity on Differing Soil Types Results at Roblin, MB

Variety Yield (kg/ha) Plants per Meter2

Height (cm) Lodging (cm)

Soybean 2 3639 83 82 1

Soybean 1 3351 90 76 2

Soybean 3 2376 87 78 2

Grand Mean 3122 87 79 2

CV% 4.81 18.84 4.23 21.43

LSD 340.41 37.02 7.54 0.76

Sign Diff Yes No No Yes

Chart 1. 2013 Evaluation of Soybean Cultivar Growth Rate and Maturity on Differing Soil Types Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB


This is the third and final year for this project. The data from all three years is currently being analyzed and summarized for final reporting. The final report will be available at a later date and sent out as an amendment.

Important Considerations and Recommendations None are available at this time.

Conclusions None are available at this time.

References Cooper, R L. "2003 Field Crops Research." Vol. 82. 2003. 27-35.


Interaction of Seeding Rate and Row Spacing on Soybean Production Trial


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Dr. Ramona Mohr, Research Lead- Research Scientist, AAFC Brandon

Mark Sandercock- Research Technician, AAFC Morden

Background Due to cool Canadian weather, soybean production was rare before the mid-1970’s where it was restricted to mainly southern Ontario. Throughout the 1950’s, the University of Manitoba began to breed more varieties that were suitable for Manitoba climates. After extensive research and intensive breeding programs, the pulse crop was introduced to Manitoba. Since the 1970’s there has been continued studies done all over the country to create new varieties that are early maturing, high yielding and with high protein levels that can be grown in more northern latitudes of Manitoba. (Government of Manitoba n.d.)

Research on soybean row spacing and seeding rate has been conducted by various North American research groups. Reviewing the results of the research done in various areas of North America, it becomes apparent that management practices are a large consideration when looking into row spacing and seed rate. Type of equipment comes into play where many farmers may not have the opportunity to use proper seeding equipment to achieve their seeding rate and row spacing goal. Research work is required to develop the best management practices for the Parkland region. Environment also plays a large part in developing the recommended management practice. There are benefits to both narrow and wide row spacing in soybeans. Such as yield benefit, improved weed competition and use of current seeding equipment, all of which are beneficial for narrow row seed placement. Reduced disease due to an increase in air movement through the crop, less moisture loss through transpiration and being able to get onto the field faster in unfavorable conditions are all benefits of wide row spacing. There is a balance between the two parameters that will give producers the best cost/benefit ratio for their soybean production. (Real Agriculture 2013)

Objective To determine the interaction of row spacing and seeding rate on soybean production.

1 PCDF, Roblin


Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 8 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 4m x 5m Test design: Complete Factorial Seeding date: May 30 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S Pesticide applied: June 18- Roundup Weathermax Harvest date: October 17 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested then dried. Once samples were dry, weight

and moisture were recorded. Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The soybeans were inoculated with the proper Rhizobia before being seeded into tilled corn stubble. After seeding, but prior to emergence, the plot was rolled with a land roller to push stones in and assist with an easier harvest. The trial was sprayed once throughout the growing season to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. The trial was monitored throughout the growing season to collect various developmental stages of the soybeans. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and then dried. Once the samples were dry, weight and moisture were recorded. A 500 gram sample from each plot was sent to AAFC Brandon for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Interaction of Seeding Rate and Row Spacing on Soybean Production Trial Treatments at Roblin, MB

20 seeds/m², 20 cm 30 seeds/m², 20 cm 40 seeds/m², 20 cm 50 seeds/m², 20 cm

20 seeds/m², 40 cm 30 seeds/m², 40 cm 40 seeds/m², 40 cm 50 seeds/m², 40 cm




P* 12 ppm (med) 40




Results Table 3. 2013 Interaction of Seeding Rate and Row Spacing on Soybean Production Trial Results at Roblin, MB

Population Spacing Yield (kg/ha) Pl/m2* Height (cm) Lodging (1-9)

50 seeds/m2 20 cm 2347 63 81 3

40 seeds/m2 20 cm 2077 60 86 3

50 seeds/m2 40 cm 2039 53 84 3

30 seeds/m2 20 cm 1942 47 81 3

30 seeds/m2 40 cm 1858 40 83 5

40 seeds/m2 40 cm 1814 58 86 4

20 seeds/m2 20 cm 1515 43 79 7

20 seeds/m2 40 cm 1141 37 86 7

Grand Mean 1841 50 83 5

CV% 9.1 17 4.5 30.2

LSD 147.45 7.46 3.31 1.18

Sign Diff Yes Yes Yes Yes * Pl/m


Chart 1. 2013 Interaction of Seeding Rate and Row Spacing on Soybean Production Trial Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB


This is the third and final year for this project. The data from all three years is currently being analyzed and summarized for final reporting. The final report will be available at a later date and sent out as an amendment.

Important Considerations and Recommendations Important Considerations and Recommendations will be available at a later date.

Conclusions Conclusions will be available at a later date.

References Government of Manitoba. "Soybean Sector." Government of Manitoba. n.d.

http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/statistics/pdf/crop_soybean_sector.pdf (accessed November 8, 2013).

Real Agriculture. Soybean school west: planter vs. seeder and row spacing condsiderations. May 15, 2013. http://www.realagriculture.com/2013/05/soybean-school-west-planter-vs-seeder-row-spacing-considerations/ (accessed November 12, 2013).


NorthStar Genetics Soybean Variety Trial


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperator: Claude Durand- Product Development Manager, NorthStar Genetics

Background Soybeans are adapted and can grow very well in a wide range of soil types, but most ideally in medium-textured loamy soils. They are traditionally grown in the Mid-Western United States, but the number of acres grown in Canada has increased in the past decade due to varietal selection, developments in plant breeding and genetics. There has been an increase in Manitoba acreage in the last five years. Variety selection is key for growing soybeans. By far, the most important factor to consider is maturity. With regards to temperature, the main limiting factor to soybean production in Western Canada, it is crucial to know your heat unit area as a starting point. (NorthStar Genetics n.d.) Choosing a variety whose heat unit rating suits your geography is the best chance at a successful profitability. It is recommended that when growing a large acreage, to use more than one variety within a maturity class suitable for your area. This will balance the risk of early frost with higher yield potential of later varieties. (NorthStar Genetics n.d.)

Soybeans should be seeded as early as possible to take advantage of as many heat units as possible, but at the same time respecting the recommendation to seed into warm soils of at least 10° C. One way of warming the soil temperature faster would be to remove plant material from the field and expedite solar heat absorption of the soil. To ensure a healthy crop and full yield, pest management should be put in place. Soybean cotyledons are not very competitive with weeds and are slow to complete ground cover. Weeds can be managed effectively with glyphosate tolerant varieties. Once the soybeans grow, the leaves will spread over a wide area and the crop will produce a thick canopy which then becomes competitive against weeds. Diseases and insects are not a large concern in most areas of Manitoba where soybeans are grown. Southern Manitoba fields are more susceptible to soybean aphids that blow in from the U.S. There have been very little disease problems in Manitoba thus far.

1 PCDF, Roblin


NorthStar Genetics Manitoba has released some new varieties for 2014:

NSC Moosomin RR2Y: This is an ultra-early variety expected to push soybeans into areas with shorter growing seasons. Compact, erect plant with short internodes and very dense podding.

NSC Tilston RR2Y: Early-mid season variety. Tall with very good pod clearance and exceptional standability.

(Geunther 2013)

Objective To evaluate different varieties of soybeans in the Parkland region for NorthStar Genetics.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 11 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 22 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S Pesticide applied: June 18- Roundup Weathermax Harvest date: October 17 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested then dried. Once samples were dry, weight

and moisture were recorded. Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The soybean seed was inoculated with the proper Rhizobia before being seeded into tilled corn stubble. After seeding, but prior to emergence, the trial was rolled with a land roller to push stones in and assist with an easier harvest. Throughout the growing season, the trial was sprayed once with Roundup Weathermax to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Data such as plant counts, flowering, heights and maturity ratings was collected throughout the growing season. . All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and then dried. Once samples were dry, weight and moisture were recorded. A 500 gram sample from the first rep was sent to Claude Durand to assess if any frost damage occurred. Table 1. 2013 NorthStar Genetics Soybean Variety Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB

DK 23-10 NSC Libau RR2Y NSC Vito R2

NSC Anola RR2Y NSC Moosomin RR2Y Soybean X*

NSC Elie RR2Y NSC Reston RR2Y TH 33003

NSC Gladstone RR2Y NSC Tilston RR2Y * Soybean X is a variety grown for a third party and results are not public for release at this time.





P* 12 ppm (med) 40



Results Table 3. 2013 NorthStar Genetics Soybean Variety Trial Results at Roblin, MB

Variety Yield (kg/ha) Plants/Meter2 Height (cm)

NSC Tilston RR2Y 4442 90 107

NSC Moosomin RR2Y 4061 83 74

TH 33003R2Y 3985 60 105

NSC Anola RR2Y 3950 60 86

Vito R2 3608 50 100

23-10 RY 3520 77 80

NSC Gladstone RR2Y 3465 73 90

NSC Libau RR2Y 3160 67 87

NSC Elie RR2Y 3119 50 84

NSC Reston RR2Y 2482 73 88

Soybean X 2314 70 82

Grand Mean 3464 69 89

CV % 5.55 19.34 3.63

LSD 327.42 22.56 5.51

Sign Diff Yes Yes Yes

The three main data parameters to consider in this test are yield, maturity and height. The research site received its first killing frost in the early morning of October 5. There are significant differences in the yield ability of the varieties and the test can be segmented into 5 groups (see Chart 1 for significant difference letters). NSC Tilston RR2Y was significantly higher yielding than all the other varieties. NSC Moosomin RR2Y, TH 33003R2Y and NSC Anola RR2Y are comparable in yield and significantly higher yielding than the remaining varieties. Vito R2 and 23-10RY are the next group that is similar in yield ability and they are significantly higher yielding than the remaining varieties not mentioned. NSC Gladstone RR2Y is similar in yield to Vito R2, 23-10RY, NSC Libau RR2Y and NSC Elie RR2Y. NSC Reston RR2Y and Soybean X are comparable in yield and significantly lower yielding than all the other varieties. NSC Tilston RR2Y is a tall variety and it had reached 100% brown pod stage 3 days prior to the killing frost. NSC Moosomin RR2Y is the earliest and shortest variety in the test. It reached 100% brown pod stage 5 days prior to the killing frost. TH 33003R2Y reached 100% brown pod stage less than a day prior to the killing frost and it is a tall variety. Majority of the remaining varieties had varying degrees of % brown pod at the time of the killing frost. NSC


Reston RR2Y and NSC Libau RR2Y were at 95% and 90% yellow pod stage respectively (see Table 4). Chart 1. 2013 NorthStar Genetics Soybean Variety Trial Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB

Table 4. 2013 NorthStar Genetics Soybean Variety Trial Maturity Results at Roblin, MB

Variety Sep.13 Sep.16 Sep.18 Sep.23 Sep.25 Sep.30 Oct.2 Oct.4

NSC Moosomin RR2Y

48 YP* 15 BP* 45 BP* 70 BP* 88 BP* 100 BP* - -

NSC Tilston RR2Y

38 YP* 95 YP* 38 BP* 65 BP* 82 BP* 93 BP* 100 BP* -

TH 33003R2Y

32 YP* 90 YP* 43 BP* 70 BP* 85 BP* 93 BP* 98 BP* 100 BP*

Vito R2 9 YP* 32 YP* 63 YP* 18 BP* 38 BP* 60 BP* 70 BP* 78 BP*

23-10RY 17 YP* 38 YP* 80 YP* 95 YP* 20 BP* 53 BP* 65 BP* 75 BP*

NSC Gladstone RR2Y

4 YP* 18 YP* 48 YP* 90 YP* 5 BP* 32 BP* 47 BP* 55 BP*

NSC Anola RR2Y

2 YP* 12 YP* 30 YP* 53 YP* 70 YP* 25 BP* 40 BP* 48 BP*

NSC Elie RR2Y

1 YP* 7 YP* 13 YP* 35 YP* 50 YP* 90 YP* 95 YP* 25 BP*

Soybean X 4 YP* 5 YP* 15 YP* 27 YP* 37 YP* 58 YP* 90 YP* 13 BP*

NSC Reston RR2Y

6 YP* 10 YP* 22 YP* 70 YP* 80 YP* 90 YP* 95 YP* 95 YP*

NSC Libau RR2Y

2 YP* 6 YP* 13 YP* 25 YP* 33 YP* 43 YP* 57 YP* 90 YP*


* BP = %Brown Pod. This term refers to a pod that has turned brown in colour. At this stage of maturity, most if not all, of the leaves will have fallen off the plant and pod walls will be firm. A percent was given based on how much of the plot had brown pods. * YP = %Yellow Pod. This term refers to a pod that has turned yellow or is still green in colour. At this stage, about half of the leaves will have fallen off the plant. A percent was given based on how much of the plot had yellow pods. The lower the percent YP, the less mature the plot is. The higher the percent BP, the more mature the plot is. Ratings were taken every two to three days until the first killing frost in the fall and based on the rate of maturation, we can estimate what stage of maturity the soybeans will be once there is risk of a fall frost. The values shown above are based on the average maturity stage of all three reps.

The soybean varieties were tested for grade at Cargill in Carman. All of the varieties graded a number 2 which is the best they can do, as number one is reserved for food-type soybeans.

Important Considerations and Recommendations Maturity is the most important factor to consider when deciding to grow soybeans in the Parkland region. As a research group and based on the data from our soybean trials, PCDF recommends growing only the earliest maturing varieties because their maturity requirements are better suited for this production area. Soybean production in Manitoba is on the rise. Manitoba producers planted 1 million acres in 2013. This is an increase of approximately 20% from 2012 and 72% from 2011. The province accounts for between 10 to 18% of Canada’s total soybean production. Ease of production is one factor contributing to producer’s attraction to soybeans. Once soybeans are inoculated they require no additional nitrogen fertilizer. In fact, nitrogen applications and high soil nitrogen levels dissuade soybeans to nodulate and fix nitrogen. A root rot disease such as phytophthora can occur. Good rotational practices will reduce the disease pressure. In the U.S., phytophthora can reduce yields by eight to fifteen percent during a normal growing season. The good news is that two researchers at Purdue University have identified two new genes in Indonesian soybeans that are resistant to all the predominant races of the pathogen. It will take a few years for the genes to be transferred to elite soybean cultivars and have the new resistance available. (Country Guide 2013) New technology is also coming out for weed control. The majority of the soybean varieties are Roundup Ready tolerant. Monsanto has recently received approval for introducing the Genuity trait for soybeans which is a stacked trait with dicamba tolerance. This will give producers a broader spectrum of weed control. (Fleury 2013) Markets and price are other factors that drive producers to grow soybeans. Soybeans are a major crop grown and consumed in the world. Brazil and Argentina are major players in the global scheme of things. Brazil has introduced another seven million acres into production this year. It is viewed that Brazil will surpass the U.S. as the largest exporter of soybeans. (Gilmour 2013) In Argentina, soybeans have replaced a portion of the wheat, canola and pastureland acres. Argentina has become the world’s top soyoil and soymeal exporter and third for exporting raw soybeans. Argentina is investing into research and farmers are very progressive and pro-biotechnology.


Soy oil is utilized in the international biofuels and human consumption markets. The meal is used primarily in the livestock feed market. China is an important player in the livestock feed market because their expanding middle class is developing a taste for more beef, chicken and pork. (Gilmour, Argentina at the crossroads 2013)

Conclusions Soybeans are becoming an important crop for all Manitoba producers. It is important that PCDF continues its research and partnerships in soybean production, agronomy and varietal evaluation and adaptation.

References Country Guide. "Soybean Guide." Country Guide, October 2013. Fleury, Donna. "Cropping system for soybeans improved." Top Crop Manager, September

2013. Geunther, Lisa. "New soybean varieties for 2014." Grain News, October 21, 2013: 4. Gilmour, Gord. "Argentina at the crossroads." Country Guide, October 2013: 50-51. —. "Brazil." Country Guide, September 2013: 8-9. NorthStar Genetics. "The ABCs of Growing Soybeans ." NorthStar Genetics . n.d.

http://issuu.com/intrepid604/docs/nsg_ca_dealer_manual_abcs_130814jf_?e=3521747/4731727 (accessed November 7, 2013 ).


4R P Management for Soybeans in the Northern Frontier Trial: Rate and Placement Effects on Plant Stand, Biomass and Seed Yield

Jeff Kostuik1, Susan McEachern1, Angel Melnychenko1, Amy Stewart1 John Heard2 and

Gustavo Bardella3

Site Information Locations: Arborg, Manitoba Beausejour, Manitoba Brandon, Manitoba Carberry, Manitoba Carman, Manitoba Melita, Manitoba Portage, Manitoba Roblin, Manitoba Roseisle, Manitoba Ste. Adolphe, Manitoba Cooperators: John Heard, MAFRD Crop Nutrition Specialist Gustavo Bardella, Agronomist

Kristen Podolsky- Pulse Production Specialist, Manitoba Pulse Growers Association

Background Soybeans are making their mark in western Canada as a viable cropping option. In Manitoba, the soybean acreage in 2013 surpassed 1 million acres. Good agronomic practices need to be researched for making recommendations to producers. Fertility is an important component of agronomy. All crops react differently to phosphorus rates and placement. The purpose of this study is to determine the best phosphorus rate and placement for soybean production in northern growing conditions. Mainly taken from http://www.agcanada.com/grainews/2013/03/20/seed-placed-phosphorus-for-canola-and-soybeans/ This trial was conducted for the first time at PCDF this year. Some of the factors evaluated in this trial were soybean yield response to added P, assess seed safety and risk of stand reduction and assess methods to provide soybean P fertility maintenance. Generally surplus phosphorus is not very mobile unless there are erosion losses or it is dissolved in surface water. Phosphorus is essential for the energy function of the plants and

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 MAFRD, Carman

3 University of São Paulo, Brazil

http://www.agcanada.com/grainews/2013/03/20/seed-placed-phosphorus-for-canola-and-soybeans/

http://www.agcanada.com/grainews/2013/03/20/seed-placed-phosphorus-for-canola-and-soybeans/


the plant utilizes it early on to establish plant growth. Due to phosphorus’ immobility, accurate placement to the seed is critical for the plant to optimize growth and yield potential. Many western Canadian producers are growing tighter rotations of canola/soybeans, which causes the balance of nutrients, such as phosphorus to not be properly maintained. A phosphorus deficit will occur when the soil phosphorus is not replaced at the same rate of removal. Maintaining soil phosphorus levels through the entire rotation is crucial to balance out the nutrient needs of different crops and maintain adequate fertility over time. Phosphorus does become less available over time as it is tied up with calcium, magnesium or aluminum in the soil and becomes less soluble. Soil testing is recommended for farmers in order to maintain proper levels of phosphorus in the soil. “Phosphorus deficits can reduce potential crop yields. If you are putting on lower levels and the plant can’t find the phosphorus it needs in the soil, you are going to drop your yields.” (Cynthia Grant, Soil Management and Fertility Scientist at AAFC Brandon Research Facility.) (Lovell 2013)

Objective The three objectives of the trial are:

1. To determine soybean yield response to added P 2. To assess seed safety and risk of stand reduction 3. To assess methods to provide soybean P fertility maintenance

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 5 (Table 1) 10 (Table 2) Replication: 3-4 (Roblin-4) Plot size: Various (Roblin-1m x 5m) Test design: Split Plot Design: Main Plot- Phosphorus Rate, Split Plot- Phosphorus

Application Method Seeding date: May 22- June 3 (Roblin-May 22) Fertilizer applied: Various, depending on treatments Pesticide applied: Roblin-June 11- Roundup Weathermax Roblin-June 25- Roundup Weathermax Roblin-July 2- Roundup Weathermax Harvest date: Various (Roblin-October 17) Product handling: Roblin- Each individual plot harvested then dried. Once samples were dry,

weight and moisture were recorded. Overall: 10 sites were established across southern Manitoba. An RCBD design was used with 3-4 replicates depending on site location. Seeding equipment varied by site, with row spacing between 7-12”; openers were disk, knife or hoe and 5 sites had side-band capability. The


cultivar 24-10RY was seeded to achieve a target stand of 210,000 plants/acre. Seeding took place between May 22 and June 3. P was applied as mono ammonium phosphate (11-52-0) at 20, 40 and 80 lb P2O5 ac in the seed row, as a sideband within 2” of the seed or surface broadcast prior to seeding and incorporated with seeding operations. Plant stands were assessed four weeks after seeding, as well as at R3 for biomass and P uptake. Stand and yield data were analyzed using ANOVA. Roblin Location: Prior to seeding, the soybeans were inoculated with the proper Rhizobia. Fertilizer was broadcast or seed placed with a primary pass of the seeder on the prescribed plots. Then the seed was planted with a secondary pass into wheat stubble. After planting, but prior to emergence, the trial was rolled with a land roller to push in stones and assist with an easier harvest. Throughout the growing season, the trial was sprayed three times with Roundup Weathermax to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Data such as plant counts, flowering, heights and maturity ratings was taken throughout the growing season. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and then dried. Samples were sent with John Heard for drying and processing. Table 1. 2013 Phosphorus Management for Soybeans in the Northern Frontier Trial Treatments at Portage, Roblin and St. Adolphe, MB

20 lbs. P2O5/ac, seed placed 20 lbs. P2O5/ac, broadcasted


No P2O5, Control

Table 2. 2013 Phosphorus Management for Soybeans in the Northern Frontier Trial Treatments at Arborg, Beausejour, Brandon, Carberry and Melita, MB

No P2O5- Control 40 lbs. P2O5/ac, side banded


20 lbs. P2O5/ac, side banded 80 lbs. P2O5/ac, seed placed

20 lbs. P2O5/ac, broadcasted 80 lbs. P2O5/ac, side banded




N* 40 lbs/acre (high) Various Prescribed Amounts

P* 5 ppm (low)

K* 174 ppm (high)

S* 14 lbs/acre (low) * N- Nitrate * P- Phosphorus (Olsen) * K- Potassium *S- Sulphate ** Analysis by Agvise Laboratories


Results Table 4. 2013 Phosphorus Management for Soybeans in the Northern Frontier Trial Stand Counts (thousand plants/acre) at Arborg, Beausejour, Carberry and Melita, MB

Treatment Brandon Melita Carberry Beausejour Arborg

Control 179 a 250 a 97 a 165 a 186 a

20 SP* 172 a 160 a 110 a 170 a 174 a

20 SB* 199 a 172 ab 109 a 186 a 180 a

20 BR* 169 a 214 ab 112 a 190 a 201 a

40 SP* 187 a 163 a 90 ab 180 a 171 a

40 SB* 167 a 155 ab 93 ab 168 a 168 a

40 BR* 189 a 183 ab 100 a 141 a 162 a

80 SP* 189 a 73 b 60 b 178 a 142 a

80 SB* 192 a 177 ab 96 a 167 a 201 a

80 BR* 177 a 245 a 95 a 197 a 192 a

For each site, means followed by the same letter are not significantly different (p=0.05). * 20 SP = 20 lbs. P2O5, seed placed * 20 SB = 20 lbs. P2O5, side banded * 20 BR = 20 lbs. P2O5, broadcasted * 40 SP = 40 lbs. P2O5, seed placed * 40 SB = 40 lbs. P2O5, side banded * 40 BR = 40 lbs. P2O5, broadcasted * 80 SP = 80 lbs. P2O5, seed placed * 80 SB = 80 lbs. P2O5, side banded * 80 BR = 80 lbs. P2O5, broadcasted

Table 5. 2013 Phosphorus Management for Soybeans in the Northern Frontier Trial Stand Counts (thousand plants/acre) at Portage, Roblin and St. Adolphe, MB

Treatment Roblin Portage St. Adolphe

Control 263 a 111 a 84 a

20 SP* 253 a 107 a 74 a

20 BR* 233 a 123 a 67 a

40 SP* 202 a 87 a 84 a

40 BR* 263 a 122 a 91 a

For each site, means followed by the same letter are not significantly different (p=0.05). * 20 SP = 20 lbs. P2O5, seed placed * 20 BR = 20 lbs. P2O5, broadcasted * 40 SP = 40 lbs. P2O5, seed placed * 40 BR = 40 lbs. P2O5, broadcasted


Table 6. 2013 Phosphorus Management for Soybeans in the Northern Frontier Trial Seed Yield (bu/acre) at Arborg, Beausejour, Brandon, Carberry and Melita, MB


Control 35 a 59 a 52 a 57 a 35 ab

20 SP 32 a 56 a 54 a 60 a 40 ab

20 SB 33 a 48 ab 51 a 56 a 36 ab

20 BR 35 a 53 ab 47 ab 60 a 40 ab

40 SP 33 a 55 a 47 a 62 a 37 ab

40 SB 32 a 51 ab 49 a 59 a 36 ab

40 BR 34 a 56 a 53 a 62 a 39 ab

80 SP 27 a 38 b 37 b 64 a 36 b

80 SB 27 a 55 a 47 a 59 a 39 ab

80 BR 35 a 57 a 47 a 61 a 44 a

For each site, means followed by the same letter are not significantly different (p=0.05). Table 7. 2013 Phosphorus Management for Soybeans in the Northern Frontier Trial Seed Yield (bu/acre) at Portage, Roblin and St. Adolphe, MB

Treatment Roblin Portage St. Adolphe

Control 23 a 47 a 66 a

20 SP 24 a 43 a 69 a

20 BR 25 a 47 a 63 a

40 SP 23 a 45 a 72 a

40 BR 24 a 45 a 67 a

For each site, means followed by the same letter are not significantly different (p=0.05). Table 8. 2013 Phosphorus Management for Soybeans in the Northern Frontier Trial Biomass Dry Matter Yield (lb/acre) at Arborg, Beausejour, Brandon, Carberry and Melita, MB


Control 4955 a 6285 ab 5562 a 5002 a 4412 a

20 SP 5721 a 5104 a 5278 a 4308 ab 4983 a

20 SB 4752 a 4596 ab 6190 a 4220 ab 4280 a

20 BR 4062 a 5564 ab 6236 a 4183 ab 4809 a

40 SP 4783 a 5047 ab 4531 a 4878 a 4753 a

40 SB 4285 a 2968 ab 5813 a 4535 a 4739 a

40 BR 4757 a 4995 ab 5990 a 3049 b 4026 a

80 SP 4942 a 2549 b 5387 a 4059 ab 3588 a

80 SB 5041 a 4091 ab 6599 a 4420 ab 4660 a

80 BR 5533 a 6164 ab 6134 a 4787 a 3823 a

For each site, means followed by the same letter are not significantly different (p=0.05).


Table 9. 2013 Phosphorus Management for Soybeans in the Northern Frontier Trial Biomass Dry Matter Yield (lb/acre) at Roblin, MB

Treatment Roblin

Control 6371 a

20 SP 5471 a

20 BR 6968 a

40 SP 6350 a

40 BR 6001 a

Means followed by the same letter are not significantly different (p=0.05). Figure 1. Melita, Loamy Sandy- 3 ppm Olsen P

Figure 2. Brandon, Clay Loam- 5 ppm Olsen P


Figure 3. Roblin, Clay Loam- 7 ppm Olsen P

Figure 4. Beausejour, Clay- 8 ppm Olsen P


Figure 5. Arborg, Clay- 14 ppm Olsen P

Figure 6. St. Adolphe, Clay- 23 ppm Olsen P


Figure 7. Portage, Clay Loam- 34 ppm Olsen P

Figure 8. Carberry, Clay Loam- 44 ppm Olsen P

The tables and figures above illustrate the data collected in the first year of the trial. A couple of general observations can be made. High rates of seed row placed P decreased plant stand and yield at Melita and Carberry. Additional rates of P did not increase seed or biomass yield regardless of the existing soil P levels in the spring. Overall, more research is required to learn about soybean and phosphorus interaction and to develop sustainable soybean production systems in Manitoba.


Important Considerations and Recommendations It is known that soybeans can yield more in soils with high P and they are efficient users of reserved P in the soil. Soybeans utilize large amounts of P in the later stages of development because they have well developed root systems and mycorrhizal fungi. The one component of P management in soybeans that is unclear is which method of application and rate of P gives the best yield response for the cost of the input. Other factors that compound the situation is the various seeding options producers have and the diversity in soil types across the province. In our cold soils of Manitoba, producers may want to place P in or near the seedrow at planting such as a “starter-P”. The challenge with this approach is soybeans are sensitive to seedrow fertilizer toxicity and plant stands could be reduced. This could be more evident in sandier soils.

Conclusions It is evident in the data that soybeans are sensitive to the placement of P and there are many factors that can interact to effectiveness of P on soybean production. More research is required for this project.

References Lovell, Angela. "Seed-placed phosphorus for canola and soybeans." AGCanada. March 20,

2013. http://www.agcanada.com/grainews/2013/03/20/seed-placed-phosphorus-for-canola-and-soybeans/ (accessed November 18, 2013).


Russian Apical Dominant or Terminal Florescent Soybean Trial

Jeff Kostuik1, Susan McEachern1, Angel Melnychenko1, Amy Stewart1 and Scott Chalmers2

Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperators: Scott Chalmers, Westman Agricultural Diversification Organization Soya UK Ltd., South Hampton, United Kingdom

Background Soybeans are traditionally grown in the Mid-Western United States; they are a relatively new crop to Manitoba. Research and development in plant breeding has introduced the crop to more northern latitudes including Manitoba and the Parkland region. Farm gate values for soybeans have increased significantly, making them a very profitable and attractive crop for producers. Ukraine was presenting a few new promising soybean varieties in 2010. The new varieties expressed a growth habit of producing pods at the apex of the plant termed “terminal florescent”. These varieties included ‘Elena’ and ‘Vilshanka’ originating in Ukraine (Kiev, Oblast) and ‘Pripyat’ originating in Belarus (Minsk Oblast). These varieties were imported from Ukraine to Manitoba. The seed samples had to be free of weeds, dirt and most importantly, cyst nematode from the Ukraine. ‘Elena’ and ‘Vilshanka’ were the two varieties that were successfully imported into Manitoba. These varieties were compared to a Roundup Ready variety commonly grown in Manitoba called 23-10RY from Dekalb. This is the second year that PCDF has conducted this trial. Elena Elena was bred by Slava Mikhaylov: http://uaan.gov.ua/content/mikhaylov-vyacheskavgrigorivich. Elena was developed from multiple individual selections of hybrid populations (Kherson longifolia’s Spark) x Kiev 27. Plant height is 85-90 cm. Beans are attached 12-13 cm from lower stalk. Inflorescence is a multiflorous tassel on peduncle of 10-15 purple flowers. Beans with 2-3 seeds belong to the Manchurian subspecies adapted to Ukraine. Leaves are ternate with pointed tips. Seeds are oval, yellow, light brown scar, medium and oval with white hilum. Thousand Seed Weight is 160-175 grams. Maturity in the Kiev region is 102-105 days. Resistant to most common diseases, tolerates low temperatures during flowering and fruit formation. The seeds contain 41-42% protein and 20-21% fat. Plants are resistant to lodging and pod shelling. In the comparative variety testing at “Shepherds” experimental farm (1999-2002 years), it yielded about 3.2 t/ha

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 WADO, Melita

http://uaan.gov.ua/content/mikhaylov-vyacheskavgrigorivich

http://uaan.gov.ua/content/mikhaylov-vyacheskavgrigorivich


Vilshanka Vilshanka was bred by Slava Mikhaylov: http://uaan.gov.ua/content/mikhaylov-vyacheslav-grigorivich and derived from multiple individual selections of hybrid by crossing L.955/Chernyatka. Belongs to the Manchurian subspecies suited for Ukraine. Plant height is 92-95 cm. Pods are attached 13-15 cm from base of stalk. Seeds are oval, yellow, brown scar, medium with white hilum. Thousand Seed Weight is 240-250 grams containing 41-42% protein and 21-22% fat. Maturity in the Kiev region is 100 to 105 days. Resistant to most common diseases and tolerates low temperatures during flowering and fruit formation. Variety is recommended for cultivation in the forest-steppe regions of Ukraine. Yield achieved 30-35 t/ha in wide or narrow rows at seeding rates of 650-700 thousand viable seed/ha when grown with use of proper herbicides and agronomic techniques. Info taken from: http:www.nbuv.gov.ua/portal/Chem_Biol/Sin/2011_100/306.pdf Both Ukranian varieties are marketed by either/or of these companies: http://sanbinos.narod.ru/company/ http://novasoya.jimbo.com/ 23-10RY (local Manitoba Variety) Bred by Dekalb as a GENRR2Y. Plant height is 66 cm compared to Elena and Vilshanka at 88 and 75 cm, respectively. 23-10RY is more resistant to shattering compared to Elena and Vilashanka. Corn Heat Unit rating is 2325. 23-10RY has an intermediate growth habit, purple flower colour, tawny pubescence color and hilum color is black. 23-10RY is susceptible to the cyst nematode. Quality attributes include high protein content and average oil content. Approximately 2600 seeds per pound for seed size. Info taken from: http://www.dekalb.ca/Western/Products/Soybeans/Documents/23-10RY.pdf Seed Manitoba 2013

Objective To evaluate two different varieties of soybeans bred in Ukraine for high yields, early maturity and apical dominance (produce more pods near the top of the plant rather than hear the bottom). Also, to observe regional adaptation to the northwest Parkland Region.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 3 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 29 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S Pesticide applied: June 25- Basagran Forte and Solo June 27- Basagran Forte and Solo Harvest date: October 17

http://uaan.gov.ua/content/mikhaylov-vyacheslav-grigorivich

http://uaan.gov.ua/content/mikhaylov-vyacheslav-grigorivich

http://sanbinos.narod.ru/company/

http://novasoya.jimbo.com/

http://www.dekalb.ca/Western/Products/Soybeans/Documents/23-10RY.pdf


Product handling: Each individual plot harvested then dried. Once samples were dry, weight and moisture were recorded.

Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The soybean seed was inoculated with the proper Rhizobia and then seeded into tilled corn stubble. After seeding, but prior to emergence, the trial was rolled with a land roller to push stones in and assist with an easier harvest. Throughout the growing season, the trial was sprayed twice with Basagran Forte and Solo to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. A second application of Basagran Forte and Solo was required due to a rain event that occurred within two-three hours of the first application. Data such as plant counts, flowering, height and maturity ratings was recorded throughout the growing season. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. The seed was then dried and once the samples were dry, weight and moisture were recorded. All of the seed was kept for seed multiplication for future use. Table 1. 2013 Russian Apical Dominant or Terminal Florescent Soybean Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB

Elena Vilshanka 23-10 RY




P* 12 ppm (med) 40



Results Table 3. 2013 Russian Apical Dominant or Terminal Florescent Soybean Trial Results at Roblin, MB

Variety Yield (kg/ha) Plants per Meter2

Days to Flower Height (cm)

Vilshanka 3640 43 53 89

23-10RY 3469 77 54 77

Elena 2886 70 52 79

Grand Mean 3331 63 53 81

CV% 4.97 20.38 0.99 2.51

LSD 430.15 29.27 1.19 4.62

Sign Diff Yes Yes Yes Yes


Chart 1. 2013 Russian Apical Dominant or Terminal Florescent Soybean Trial Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB

Table 4. 2013 Russian Apical Dominant or Terminal Florescent Soybean Trial Maturity Results at Roblin, MB

Variety Sep.13 Sep.16 Sep.19 Sep.23 Sep.25 Sep.30 Oct.2 Oct.4

Vilshanka 1 YP* 13 YP* 80 YP* 100 BP* 38 BP* 73 BP* 92 BP* 98 BP*

23-10RY - 2 YP* 13 YP* 22 YP* 30 YP* 53 YP* 90 YP* 90 YP*

Elena 1 YP* 9 YP* 47 YP* 63 YP* 95 YP* 62 BP* 78 BP* 93 BP* * BP = %Brown Pod. This term refers to a pod that has turned brown in colour. At this stage of maturity, most if not all, of the leaves will have fallen off the plant and pod walls will be firm. A percent was given based on how much of the plot had brown pods. * YP = %Yellow Pod. This term refers to a pod that has turned yellow or is still green in colour. At this stage, about half of the leaves will have fallen off the plant. A percent was given based on how much of the plot had yellow pods. The lower the percent YP, the less mature the plot is. The higher the percent BP, the more mature the plot is. Ratings were taken every two to three days until the first killing frost in the fall and based on the rate of maturation, we can estimate what stage of maturity the soybeans will be once there is risk of a fall frost. The values shown above are based on the average maturity stage of all three reps.

The data parameters of most importance in this test are yield, maturity and height. The check for this test is 23-10RY. Vilshanka is similar in yield, significantly taller and earlier maturing than 23-10RY. Elena is significantly lower yielding than 23-10RY and Vilshanka. Elena is similar in height to 23-10RY and significantly shorter than Vilshanka. Elena is earlier maturing than 23-10RY and similar in maturity to Vilshanka.


Important Considerations and Recommendations Apical dominance is defined as a phenomenon whereby the main central stem of the plant is dominant over the other side stems. Plant physiology describes apical dominance as the control exerted by the terminal bud over the outgrowth of lateral buds. (Wikipedia 2013) So in essence you have a plant that grows taller and narrower. The advantage to a plant growing taller is it will have more available sunlight for photosynthesis and yield potential is higher. The focus of seed production is on the upper portion of the plant and closer to the main stem. Temperature at emergence is important for determining height of the pod set as well. Warmer temperatures will promote rapid growth, a taller plant and the first flower will form higher up on the plant. In soybean production, location of seed set on the plant is very important for producers with stony and uneven terrain. It allows producers to set their combine headers higher and reduce potential harvest problems. Another important attribute with apical dominant soybeans is they are non-GMO soybeans. This is important for IP (Identity Preserved) production for the human food market. In the global market a number of countries are demanding non-GMO soybeans for their human food markets. Japan and Europe markets are stable. North American and Chinese demand is rising. In order for IP production to take off, commodity prices need to reflect the value-added benefit for consumers and compensate producers for the extra cost/work that they will have to endure to grow the crop. Non-GMO production will require a more complex pesticide program. (Pearce 2013)

Conclusions The apical dominant soybean evaluation program has interesting and potential applications for growers in the Parkland region. It is important that PCDF continues its evaluation of these cultivars to ensure they are adapted to the region and potentially provide other markets to local growers.

References Dekalb. Dekalb Soybeans 23-10RY. March 22, 2012.

https://www.dekalb.ca/Western/Products/Soybeans/Documents/23-10RY.pdf (accessed January 2, 2013).

Pearce, Ralph. "Hard decisions." Soybean Guide, October 2013: 20-22. Soya UK Ltd. Soya. 2013. http://www.soya-uk.com/SoyaUKseeds/soya.php (accessed

January 2, 2013). Wikipedia. Apical dominance. September 16, 2013.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apical_dominance (accessed December 3, 2013).


Western Manitoba Soybean Adaptation Trial


Site Information Locations: Carberry, Manitoba Hamiota, Manitoba Melita, Manitoba

Roblin, Manitoba Cooperators: Dennis Lange- Pulse Specialist, Manitoba Agriculture Food and Rural

Development Canada Manitoba Crop Diversification Centre Parkland Crop Diversification Foundation

Westman Agricultural Diversification Organization

Background Due to cool Canadian weather, soybean production was nonexistent before the mid-1970’s where it was restricted to mainly southern Ontario. Throughout the 1950’s, the University of Manitoba began to breed more varieties that were suitable for Manitoba climates. After extensive research and intensive breeding programs, the pulse crop was introduced to Manitoba. Since the 1970’s there has been continued studies done all over the country to create new varieties that are early maturing and high yielding, with high protein levels that can be grown in more northern latitudes of Manitoba. (Government of Manitoba n.d.) Soybeans are a beneficial crop for producers to grow and are a good addition to any rotation; like all legumes, soybeans are able to “fix” the nitrogen that plants need from the air. This means legumes require little in the way of purchased nitrogen fertilizers produced from expensive natural gas-a valuable property indeed. (Dorff 2009)

Different varieties of soybeans have been developed for different uses; soybeans intended for the use of soy food have a light-coloured seed coat and hilum. Soybeans intended for crushing or roasting have a high oil or high protein content. Many soybeans are sold to the food market for human consumption; soyfood markets, including tofu and soymilk are some of the common food markets. Currently Manitoba exports to the United States, Japan and several other countries in both Asia and Europe. Although Canada is a small player in the international soybean trade, domestic soybean production of specialized high-quality, food-grade beans target local and foreign markets.

1 PCDF, Roblin


Future expectations for Manitoba soybean market include additional production for the high-value human food market and further value-added bean processing in the province. Local developments may include livestock producers purchasing roasters to roast soybeans for use in livestock operations.

Objective To evaluate the adaptation and performance of new and existing soybeans as an alternative cash crop for the Parkland Region.

Design, Materials & Operation at Roblin, MB Treatments: 24 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 22 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S Pesticide applied: June 18- Roundup Weathermax July 2- Roundup Weathermax Harvest date: October 17 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested then dried. Once samples were dry, weight

and moisture were recorded. Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The soybeans were inoculated with the proper Rhizobia before they were seeded into tilled corn stubble. After seeding, but prior to emergence, the plot was rolled with a land roller to push stones in and assist with an easier harvest. The trial was sprayed twice throughout the growing season with Roundup Weathermax to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Data such as plant counts, heights, flowering and maturity ratings was collected throughout the growing season. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and then dried. Once samples were dry, weight and moisture were recorded. A 700 gram sample from each treatment in the first rep was then sent to Dennis Lange in Carman, Manitoba for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Western Manitoba Soybean Adaptation Trial Varieties at Carberry, Hamiota, Melita and Roblin, MB

Variety Corn Heat Units (CHU)

Bishop R2 2450

EXP00313R2 *

LS 002R23 2375

LS002R24N *

MCLEOD R2 2375

NSC Anola RR2Y 2350


NSC GLADSTONE RR2Y *

NSC Libau RR2Y 2375

NSC MOOSOMIN RR2Y 2300

NSC RESTON RR2Y 2325

NSC TILSTON RR2Y 2375

P001T34R 2300

Pekko R2 2325

PRO 2525R2 2450

Sampsa R2 2425

TH 32004R2Y 2425

TH 33003R2Y 2400

TH 33005R2Y *

Vito R2 2350

23-10RY 2325

23-60RY (FLZ612A4) *

29002RR 2375

900Y61 2425

900Y71 2450 * = Not enough site years to properly estimate CHU.




P* 12 ppm (med) 40



Results Table 3. 2013 Western Manitoba Soybean Adaptation Trial Results at Carberry, Hamiota, Melita and Roblin, MB

2013 Yield % of 23-10RY

Variety Company Heat Units

Yield % Check

Site Years Tested

DTM +/-

Check*

Carberry Melita Hamiota Roblin

P001T34R 2300 82 4 -7 83 96 65 105

29002RR 2375 87 9 -6 104 54 77 93

NSC Anola RR2Y

2350 109 4 -2 113 94 107 120

TH 33003R2Y

2400 106 5 -2 113 108 93 130

NSC Moosomin RR2Y

2300 100 4 -2 101 91 78 130

23-10RY 2325 100 10 0 100 100 100 100


Bishop R2 2450 98 5 0 107 112 82 107

MCLEOD R2 2375 112 5 0 125 102 110 129

NSC Tilston RR2Y

2375 110 5 0 122 107 106 130

LS 002R23 2375 111 5 1 130 96 108 127

Pekko R2 2325 95 10 1 93 100 99 47

900Y71 2450 103 10 1 119 143 90 102

TH 32004R2Y

2425 115 10 1 131 121 114 127

NSC Libau RR2Y

2375 101 5 2 109 133 99 79

NSC Reston RR2Y

2325 99 5 2 103 116 106 83

900Y61 2425 101 10 2 112 127 98 107

Vito R2 2350 101 5 2 110 103 83 110

PRO 2525R2 2450 120 4 3 127 115 128 110

Sampsa R2 2425 96 10 5 93 111 79 79

Experimental lines that have been supported for registration in Canada

LS002R24N -- 113 4 0 109 101 123 121

NSC Gladstone RR2Y

-- 113 4 0 116 119 103 113

EXP00313R2 -- 105 4 1 111 98 103 105

TH 33005R2Y

-- 116 4 3 121 101 126 113

FLZ612A4 -- 107 4 5 98 121 99 116

CHECK CHARACTERISTICS 23-10RY (bu/acre)

58 37 47 42

23-10RY

48

bu/acre

10 site years

135 DTM

CV% 7.7 14.2 9.3 6.5 LSD% 13 23 15 11 Sign Diff

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Seeding Date

16-May 16-May

26-May 22-May

Harvest Date

18-Oct 10-Oct 15-Oct 17-Oct

* DTM +/- Check = Days to Maturity +/- Check based on data from Carberry and Melita. Not all varieties reached 95% brown pod in Roblin and Hamiota before first frost.


Chart 1. 2013 Western Manitoba Soybean Adaptation Trial Grain Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB

Table 4. 2013 Western Manitoba Soybean Adaptation Trial Maturity Results at Roblin, MB

Variety Sep.11 Sep.13 Sep.16 Sep.18 Sep.23 Sep.25 Sep.30 Oct.2 Oct.4

NSC MOOSOMIN RR2Y

52 YP* 65 YP* 100 YP* 53 BP* 90 BP* 95 BP* 100 BP* -- --

P001T34R 42 YP* 52 YP* 100 YP* 37 BP* 63 BP* 75 BP* 85 BP* 90 BP* 92 BP*

TH 33003R2Y

20 YP* 25 YP* 80 YP* 10 BP* 47 BP* 65 BP* 77 BP* 85 BP* 88 BP*

NSC TILSTON RR2Y

22 YP* 35 YP* 80 YP* 20 BP* 60 BP* 70 BP* 82 BP* 85 BP* 87 BP*

LS 002R23 9 YP* 12 YP* 45 YP* 95 YP* 38 BP* 57 BP* 70 BP* 78 BP* 83 BP*

EXP00313R2 8 YP* 10 YP* 37 YP* 90 YP* 32 BP* 55 BP* 62 BP* 72 BP* 77 BP*

LS002R24N 15 YP* 15 YP* 21 YP* 48 YP* 85 YP* 5 BP* 15 BP* 53 BP* 63 BP*

Vito R2 2 YP* 3 YP* 12 YP* 37 YP* 90 YP* 5 BP* 38 BP* 52 BP* 60 BP*

Bishop R2 7 YP* 12 YP* 65 YP* 90 YP* 95 YP* 5 BP* 35 BP* 48 BP* 57 BP*

23-60RY 5 YP* 5 YP* 13 YP* 75 YP* 90 YP* 100 YP* 35 BP* 47 BP* 52 BP*

MCLEOD R2 4 YP* 4 YP* 15 YP* 53 YP* 77 YP* 5 BP* 20 BP* 38 BP* 50 BP*

NSC GLADSTONE RR2Y

7 YP* 7 YP* 15 YP* 47 YP* 95 YP* 28 BP* 35 BP* 43 BP* 48 BP*

TH 32004R2Y

3 YP* 4 YP* 8 YP* 25 YP* 62 YP* 75 YP* 100 YP* 35 BP* 47 BP*


23-10RY 3 YP* 3 YP* 10 YP* 23 YP* 85 YP* 95 YP* 5 BP* 40 BP* 47 BP*

900Y61 15 YP* 25 YP* 37 YP* 75 YP* 90 YP* 100 YP* 15 BP* 35 BP* 42 BP*

NSC Anola RR2Y

2 YP* 3 YP* 8 YP* 27 YP* 57 YP* 68 YP* 100 YP* 30 BP* 42 BP*

900Y71 2 YP* 2YP* 5 YP* 32 YP* 80 YP* 90 YP* 100 YP* 5 BP* 30 BP*

PRO 2525R2 3 YP* 4 YP* 12 YP* 28 YP* 45 YP* 85 YP* 95 YP* 100 YP* 28 BP*

29002RR 4 YP* 4 YP* 8 YP* 65 YP* 75 YP* 80 YP* 100 YP* 100 YP* 100 YP*

NSC RESTON RR2Y

3 YP* 3 YP* 6 YP* 8 YP* 23 YP* 40 YP* 75 YP* 80 YP* 90 YP*

TH 33005R2Y

- - 3 YP* 12 YP* 22 YP* 33 YP* 55 YP* 62 YP* 75 YP*

Sampsa R2 - - - 1 YP* 6 YP* 8 YP* 25 YP* 30 YP* 30 YP*

NSC Libau RR2Y

- - 2 YP* 2 YP* 7 YP* 8 YP* 25 YP* 30 YP* 30 YP*

Pekko R2 - - - 2 YP* 6 YP* 7 YP* 7 YP* 8 YP* 13 YP*

* BP = %Brown Pod. This term refers to a pod that has turned brown in colour. At this stage of maturity, most if not all, of the leaves will have fallen off the plant and pod walls will be firm. A percent was given based on how much of the plot had brown pods. * YP = %Yellow Pod. This term refers to a pod that has turned yellow or is still green in colour. At this stage, about half of the leaves will have fallen off the plant. A percent was given based on how much of the plot had yellow pods. The lower the percent YP, the less mature the plot is. The higher the percent BP, the more mature the plot is. Ratings were taken every two to three days until the first killing frost in the fall and based on the rate of maturation, we can estimate what stage of maturity the soybeans will be once there is risk of a fall frost. The values shown above are based on the average maturity stage of all three reps.

Yield and maturity are the main attributes to consider in this test. The check variety for this test is 23-10RY. At the Roblin location, TH33003R2Y, NSC Tilston RR2Y, NSC Moosomin RR2Y, Mcleod R2, TH32004R2Y, LS002R23, LS002R24N, NSC Anola RR2Y, 23-60RY, NSC Gladstone RR2Y and TH33005R2Y were significantly higher yielding than 23-10RY. Vito R2, PRO 2525R2, 900Y61, Bishop R2, P001T34R, EXP00313R2, P00Y71 and 29002RR were not significantly different in yield to 23-10RY. NSC Reston RR2Y, Sampsa R2, NSC Libau RR2Y and Pekko R2 were significantly less yielding than 23-10RY. The earliest maturing variety at Roblin was NSC Moosomin RR2Y. It was at 100% brown pod by September 30. The first killing frost occurred the early morning of October 5. Other varieties that had a significant % brown pod on October 4 are P001T34, TH33003R2Y, NSC Tilston RR2Y, LS002R23 and EXP00313R2. Late maturing varieties at the Roblin location are Pekko R2, NSC Libau RR2Y and Sampsa R2. Please see Table 4 for a thorough documentation on maturities for all the varieties. The interesting thing to note for maturity is that Pekko R2 is considered a short season variety and it was the latest maturing variety in the test at Roblin in 2013. It was observed that Pekko R2 had incidence of blight and this may have impacted its performance in 2013.

Important Considerations and Recommendations The Western Manitoba Soybean Adaptation Trial is an important trial for assisting producers in determining the best varieties for their production zone. MASC has extended its crop


insurance coverage to include a soybean insurance test area for risk areas 6, 7, 8 and 16, and high risk regions of risk areas 3, 9, 14 and 15. (MASC 2013)

The main considerations when selecting a soybean variety is maturity, potential pod height, lodging, iron deficiency chlorosis tolerance, disease resistance and yield. Soybeans are a light sensitive crop and the amount of daylight may impact a variety’s maturity and essentially yield. Generally for most crops, soybeans included, maturity and yield have a positive relationship - the longer the maturity the higher the yield potential. The risk associated with longer maturation is frost and impacting yield and quality. Yield reductions from late season frost injury declines as the crop matures. Frost

during the R5 stage reduces yield by 50 to 70%, frost at R6 stage causes a loss from 20 to 30% and frost at R7 stage is only a 5% yield reduction. (NorthStar Genetics 2013) Varieties can react differently to various conditions and geographics. There have been some varietal differences noticed with regard to tolerance to cold temperatures. The thought is that varieties with yellowish-brown hairs on the pods and stems are more cold tolerant than varieties with grey-whitish hairs. Correlation in maturation stage from 2012 to 2013 was not achievable for some varieties at the Roblin location. Some varieties with a low CHU requirement expressed a longer maturation time period in 2013 compared to 2012. Growing conditions were very different between the two years. This observation reinforces the importance in multi-year and multi-location testing. (NorthStar Genetics 2013)

Conclusions Soybeans are gaining popularity in the Parkland agriculture landscape. It is important for PCDF to continue their participation in the MCVET soybean testing program. More years of data is required to learn the adaptability of soybean varieties to the Parkland area.

References Dorff, Erik. The soybean, agriculture's jack-of-all-trades, is gaining ground across Canada.

April 9, 2009. http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/96-325-x/2007000/10369-eng.htm (accessed November 4, 2011).

Government of Manitoba. "Soybean Sector." Government of Manitoba. n.d. http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/statistics/pdf/crop_soybean_sector.pdf (accessed November 8, 2013).

MASC. "Soybean Insurance Areas." MASC. January 2013. http://www.masc.mb.ca/masc.nsf/map_soybeans.pdf (accessed December 3, 2013).

NorthStar Genetics. "The Importance of Early Maturing Varieties." We Know Beans. September 6, 2013. http://www.weknowbeans.com/news/the-importance-of-early-maturing-varieties/ (accessed December 3, 2013).


Pulses

Fababean Cooperative Variety Trial


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperators: Manitoba Crop Variety Evaluation Team Dr. Bert Vandenberg- Pulse Breeder, CDC Saskatoon Jaret Horner- Research Technician, CDC Saskatoon

Background Mainly taken from http://www.realagriculture.com/2012/10/pulse-school-the-agronomics-of-faba-bean/ “Fababean is an excellent agronomic option in rotation for many reasons; the crop is competitive against weeds and will fix more nitrogen than any other pulse crop if properly inoculated,” says Duane Ransome (former member relations coordinator at the Alberta Pulse Growers Commission). “They start fixing N about three weeks after seeding and will continue to do so all the way up until harvest.” There are a few pests that can affect the crop; lygus bugs and chocolate spot can cause some economic losses. Like wheat, there are feed types. These types are the zero-tannin varieties. Food types carry a premium, but are subject to downgrading because of weathering. Although fababeans are very high in protein, the tannin varieties give a bitter taste to livestock feed which can result in poor palatability and decreased feed intake. Fababeans can also be used for silage because of the large amount of biomass produced. One benefit to growing fababeans relative to other pulse crops is the possibility of leaving standing stubble for improved moisture retention in a reduced tillage system. A key part of the current variety development strategy is to reduce the maturity requirement so that fababeans will be more specifically adapted to the short season areas of the black soil zone. (Real Agriculture Agronomy Team 2012) With good lodging resistance, early seeding and marketing flexibility, the number of acres is on the rise in the western prairies. Fababean is a long season crop with indeterminate plant growth, therefore adequate heat is essential to achieve the yield goal. Most of the increase in production is expected to be used in the prairie provinces for livestock feed. However, commercial feed mills need sufficient supply to make it economical for them to switch to using

1 PCDF, Roblin

http://www.realagriculture.com/2012/10/pulse-school-the-agronomics-of-faba-bean/

http://www.realagriculture.com/2012/10/pulse-school-the-agronomics-of-faba-bean/


fababeans in feed rations. At the same time, producers need a price which is sufficiently attractive to grow fababeans. (Farmers of North America 2007) This trial has a combination of zero-tannin varieties for livestock feed and tannin varieties for human consumption. As well, there are a number of varieties undergoing registration analyses.

Objective To evaluate and demonstrate fababeans, including zero tannin varieties, as an alternative cash crop and high protein food source.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: Zero Tannin- 15 (Table 1) Tannin- 18 (Table 2) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 16 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S Pesticide applied: June 12- Odyssey and Poast Ultra Harvest date: September 17 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested with weight and moisture recorded. Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The fababeans were inoculated with the proper Rhizobia before they were seeded into tilled corn stubble. After seeding, but prior to emergence, both trials were rolled with a land roller to push stones in and assist with an easier harvest. During the growing season, the trials were sprayed once with Odyssey and Poast Ultra to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. Data such as plant counts, heights, flowering and lodging was recorded during the growing season. Reglone was applied prior to harvest to help with the drying process. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and weight and moisture were recorded. A 700 gram sample from the first rep of each trial was sent to Dennis Lange in Carman, Manitoba for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Fababean Cooperative Variety Trial Zero Tannin Varieties at Roblin, MB*

Snowbird 233-1 495-5

Snowdrop (FB34-2) 233-2 510-9

138-1 316-3 512-11

219-6 406-2 628-6

224-34 439-2 708-1 * Numbered varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration.


Table 2. 2013 Fababean Cooperative Variety Trial Tannin Varieties at Roblin, MB*

CDC Fatima 186-4 248-10

CDC SSNS-1 186S-11 346-10

Fabelle 229-1 528-31

FB9-4 230-3 532-5

Tabour 239-5 550-4

Vetigo 247-13 551-4 * Numbered varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration.




P* 12 ppm (med) 40



Results Table 4. 2013 Fababean Cooperative Variety Trial Zero Tannin Varieties Grain Yield (kg/ha) at Roblin, MB

Variety Yield (kg/ha) Variety Yield (kg/ha)

316-3 10,204 219-16 9533

439-2 9897 708-1 9318

Snowbird 9799 512-11 9223

510-9 9757 233-2 9119

233-1 9730 628-6 9068

495-5 9717 Snowdrop (FB34-2) 8945

406-2 9655 138-1 8766

224-34 9654

Grand Mean: 9492

CV %: 4

LSD: 643.4

Sign Diff: Yes

Yield is the primary data parameter collected for this trial. For the zero tannin trial, majority of the entries are comparable for yield with not one entry standing out as significantly higher yielding than the check Snowbird. The variety Snowdrop and the experimental line 138-1 were significantly lower yielding than Snowbird.


Chart 1. 2013 Fababean Cooperative Variety Trial Zero Tannin Varieties Grain Yield (lbs/acre) at Roblin, MB

Table 5. 2013 Fababean Cooperative Variety Trial Tannin Varieties Grain Yield (kg/ha) at Roblin, MB


Fabelle 10,564 186S-11 9486

247-13 10,455 Vetigo 9427

532-5 10,362 551-4 9401

230-3 10,091 186-4 9394

248-10 9850 Tabour 9225

FB9-4 9820 CDC Fatima 9100

550-4 9732 239-5 8952

528-31 9678 229-1 8867

346-10 9639 CDC SSNS-1 8085

Grand Mean: 9563

CV %: 6

LSD: 949.7

Sign Diff: Yes


Chart 2. Fababean Cooperative Variety Trial Tannin Varieties Grain Yield (lbs/acre) at Roblin, MB

Yield is the primary data parameter collected for this trial. For the tannin trial, Fabelle, 247-13, 532-5 and 230-3 were significantly higher yielding than CDC Fatima. All the other entries were comparable to CDC Fatima for yield ability.

Important Considerations and Recommendations Fababeans do well in cool season production zones with adequate moisture. Fababeans should be seeded early in the growing season because a long growing season is required to optimize yield. Depending on the variety, days to maturity range from 94 to 102. Yield will usually be reduced if fababeans are seeded after the third week in May. Fababean seedlings have excellent frost tolerance so early seeding into ideal soil moisture conditions is generally not a problem. (Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Initiatives n.d.) Seedling diseases that affect fababeans are seed rot, seedling blight and root rot. Fababeans should be seeded into well drained land and follow a four year rotation with other legumes to minimize disease pressure. There is no seed treatment registered for fababeans. Plant diseases that can occur on fababeans are ascochyta leaf and pod spot, sclerotinia stem rot, chocolate spot, anthracnose, bean yellow mosaic virus and rust. Paying close attention to rotations and using the registered fungicides Headline EC and Lance WDG will reduce the incidence of these diseases.


Insects that can cause economic losses in fababeans are grasshoppers, lygus bugs and three species of blister beetles. Aphids can carry bean yellow mosaic virus and infect fababeans. Matador is the only insecticide registered on fababeans.

Conclusions

Fababeans are well suited for the Parkland production area and they could provide another cropping option for producers. Fababeans have applications to the human and livestock markets. Fababeans can also add additional value to the producer by reducing fertility requirements through nitrogen fixing capabilities. Crop Insurance coverage is available for all varieties and no restrictions apply.

References Farmers of North America. "Ag Outlook Buckwheat/Fababeans." Farmers of North America.

December 14, 2007. http://www.fna.ca/index.php?option-corn_content&task=view&id=341&Itemid-1%3E (accessed November 2, 2012).

Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Initiatives. "Fababean- Production and Management." Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Initiatives . n.d. http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/crops/pulsecrops/bhc01s01.html (accessed November 26, 2013).

Real Agriculture Agronomy Team. Pulse School: The Agronomics of Faba Bean. October 31, 2012. http://www.realagriculture.com/2012/10/pulse-school-the-agronomics-of-faba-bean/ (accessed November 7, 2013).


Narrow Row Edible Bean Trial


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperators: Manitoba Crop Variety Evaluation Team

Background Canada is the world’s largest exporter of dry beans and Manitoba is one of the largest producers of the crop within Canada. Dry beans are a warm season crop and have no tolerance to frost. Seeding dry beans later in the season when frost risk is low and the soil temperature at seeding depth has reached a minimum of 12°C will benefit crop yield. (Manitoba Pulse Growers Association Inc. 2013)

Dry bean acres dropped this year compared to 2012 due to Manitoba farmers seeding more soybeans. 2013 saw growers plant 93,000 acres of dry beans, down from 130,000 in 2012. The majority of the dry beans were planted in May in to relatively good soil conditions. (Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Initiatives GO Teams & Crop Knowledge Centre 2013) During the growing season the only disease concern was white mold showing up in early August. The last few weeks in July brought some cooler conditions with temperatures hovering in the 20 to 24°C range; the hot dry conditions in August helped slow disease progress. Other than the white mold concerns, there were only a few reports of bacterial blight with no economic concerns. Harvest brought good yields with a provincial average of about 1900 lbs/acre. (Manitoba Pulse Growers Association Inc. 2013)

Overall, the 2013 dry bean season was productive with strong fall prices which are expected to spark growers’ interest for the 2014 bean crop season.

Objective To evaluate different varieties of narrow row beans in the Parkland Region of Manitoba, in terms of yield and quality.

1 PCDF, Roblin


Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 18 (Table 1) Replication: 3 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Randomized Complete Block Design Seeding date: May 29 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S Pesticide applied: June 25- Basagran Forte and Solo June 27- Basagran Forte and Solo Harvest date: September 17 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested with weight and moisture recorded Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The beans were inoculated with the proper Rhizobia before they were seeded into tilled corn stubble. After seeding, but prior to emergence, the trial was rolled with a land roller to push stones in and assist with an easier harvest. Throughout the growing season, the trial was sprayed twice with Basagran Forte and Solo to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. A second application of Basagran Forte and Solo was required due to a rain event that occurred within two to three hours of the first application. Data such as plant counts, heights, flowering, lodging and maturity ratings was collected during the growing season. Reglone was applied prior to harvest to help with the drying process. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Each treatment was individually bagged and weight and moisture were recorded. A 700 gram sample from the first rep of the trial was sent to Dennis Lange in Carman, Manitoba for further quality analysis. Table 1. 2013 Narrow Row Edible Bean Trial Varieties at Roblin, MB*

AC Island (Pinto) CDC Superjet (Black) PORTAGE (Navy)

AC Winmor (Pinto) CDC WM-2 (Pinto) Winchester (Pinto)

Carman Black (Black) Envoy (Navy) 1190m-13 (Navy)

CDC Blackcomb (Black) Lightning (Navy) 2537-12 (Pinto)

CDC Jet (Black) Mariah (Pinto) 2918-25 (Navy)

CDC Pintium (Pinto) OAC Spark (Navy) 2921-14 (Black) * Numbered varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration.




P* 12 ppm (med) 40


S* 102 lbs/acre (high) 10 * N- Nitrate * P- Phosphorus (Olsen) * K- Potassium *S - Sulphate ** Analysis by Agvise Laboratories


Results Table 3. 2013 Narrow Row Edible Bean Trial Grain Yield (kg/ha) at Roblin, MB


2921-14 5959 Winchester 4417

CDC Superjet 5714 AC Winmor 4408

CDC Blackcomb 5141 Envoy 4367

1190M-13 4967 Carman Black 4341

Mariah 4732 CDC WM-2 4241

AC Island 4684 2918-25 4202

2537-12 4548 OAC Spark 4016

Lightning 4451 CDC Pintium 3015

CDC Jet 4430 Portage 2953

Grand Mean: 4477

CV %: 9.8

LSD: 726.3

Sign Diff: Yes

Chart 1. 2013 Narrow Row Edible Bean Trial Grain Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB


Table 4. 2013 Narrow Row Edible Bean Trial Maturity Results at Roblin, MB

Variety Sep.3 Sep.5 Sep.9 Sep.11

2537-12 92 BP* 97 BP* 100 BP* -

CDC Pintium 68 BP* 75 BP* 80 BP* 93 BP*

2921-14 45 BP* 50 BP* 68 BP* 93 BP*

AC Island 10 BP* 48 BP* 53 BP* 85 BP*

Winchester 100 YP* 35 BP* 53 BP* 83 BP*

CDC WM-2 10 BP* 25 BP* 53 BP* 77 BP*

2918-25 95 YP* 23 BP* 30 BP* 73 BP*

CDC Blackcomb 83 YP* 93 YP* 10 BP* 63 BP*

1190m-13 92 YP* 97 YP* 10 BP* 60 BP*

CDC Superjet 62 YP* 78 YP* 30 BP* 47 BP*

AC Winmor 83 YP* 95 YP* 10 BP* 47 BP*

OAC Spark 10 YP* 27 YP* 67 YP* 27 BP*

CDC Jet 37 YP* 57 YP* 80 YP* 25 BP*

Envoy 85 YP* 93 YP* 95 YP* 20 BP*

Mariah 53 YP* 65 YP* 82 YP* 10 BP*

Carman Black 20 YP* 40 YP* 68 YP* 95 YP*

PORTAGE 17 YP* 40 YP* 60 YP* 92 YP*

Lightning 5 YP* 13 YP* 28 YP* 75 YP* * BP = % Brown Pod. This term refers to a bean pod that has turned brown or red in colour. A percent was given based on how much of the plot had brown pods. * YP = % Yellow Pod. This term refers to a bean pod that has turned yellow or is still green in colour. A percent was given based on how much of the plot had yellow pods. The lower the percent YP, the less mature the plot is. The higher the percent BP, the more mature the plot is. Ratings were taken every two to three days until the first killing frost in the fall and based on the rate of maturation, we can estimate what stage of maturity the soybeans will be once there is risk of a fall frost. The values shown above are based on the average maturity stage of all three reps.

This year the black turtle beans dominated the trial in performance by being the top three highest yielding entries. 2921-14 is a new entry this year and it was significantly higher yielding than all the other entries except for CDC Superjet. 2921-14 is earlier maturing and it was at 93% brown pod stage on September 11 when the beans were desiccated for harvest. The other two high yielding black bean varieties, CDC Superjet and CDC Blackcomb, had reasonable maturities at 47% brown pod and 63% brown pod respectively. Carman Black, the highest yielding bean variety in 2012, did not perform as well this year. 2013’s growing conditions were significantly different than 2012’s and this could have affected Carman Black’s performance. This reinforces the importance in multi-year testing to determine varietal regional adaptation and consistency in performance.


Important Considerations and Recommendations Pulse growers are an important part of Manitoba’s economy. In 2010 the edible bean crop was valued at $43.49 million. The edible bean export market is targeted at Angola, US, UK and Mexico. Manitoba’s area of production is focused around south central Manitoba, namely Portage la Prairie, Carman, Morden, Winkler and Altona. In 2013 production was recorded at 93,988 acres. The distribution of acreage comprised of Pinto – 36,404, White Pea (Navy) – 28,913, Kidney and Cranberry – 10,568, Black Turtle – 9,535, and Coloured & other beans – 8,568. Yield in 2013 was above average with reports of up to 3368 kg/ha. (Manitoba Pulse Growers Association Inc. 2013)

Conclusions Dry edible beans are a high risk crop for the Parkland area. When one compares yield from PCDF’s research plots to the provincial average, dry edible beans have the capacity to do well in the Parkland production area. Producers considering dry edible bean production must consider the production risks and proximity to available marketing options. PCDF will continue to be a site for the Manitoba crop variety testing system (MCVET).

References Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Initiatives GO Teams & Crop Knowledge Centre.

Manitoba Crop Production Report. October 15, 2013. http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/crops/seasonal-reports/pubs/cropproduction_20131015.pdf (accessed November 8, 2013).

Manitoba Pulse Growers Association Inc. Pulses in Manitoba. 2013. http://www.manitobapulse.ca/for-producers/pulses-in-manitoba/ (accessed November 6, 2013).


Demonstration Plots and Specialty Trials

Barley Variety Demonstration


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperators: Dr. Ana Badea- Barley Breeder, AAFC Brandon Rudy Von Hertzberg, Research Technician, AAFC Brandon

Background The barley variety demonstration is organized by Dr. Badea from AAFC Brandon. The purpose of the barley demonstration is to show different classes and varieties of barley from different breeding programs. The varieties listed below were found in the barley demonstration at PCDF this year.

Champion- Established two-row feed cultivar from Viterra

AC Ranger- Established six-row forage barley from AAFC Brandon and most widely grown

Desperado- Newest six-row forage cultivar from AAFC Brandon

FB018- New six-row forage barley from AAFC Brandon

Roseland- Newest two-row hulless food cultivar, replacement for Millhouse

Falcon- Established six-row hulless cultivar from Alberta Agriculture Food and Rural Development

CDC McGwire- Established two-row hulless feed cultivar with its main use in poultry

HB127- New hulless dough-making two-row barley from AAFC Brandon

HB129- New hulless waxy two-row barley from AAFC Brandon

HB130- New hulless dough making two-row barley from AAFC Brandon

Major- New two-row malting cultivar from AAFC Brandon

Cerveza- New two-row malting cultivar from AAFC Brandon

Taylor- New two-row hulless malting cultivar from AAFC Brandon with low FHB/DON levels

AAC Synergy- New two-row malting cultivar from AAFC Brandon

TR10214- New two-row malting cultivar from AAFC Brandon

AC Metcalfe- Established two-row malting cultivar from AAFC Brandon

CDC Meredith- New two-row malting cultivar from the Crop Development Centre in Saskatoon

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 AAFC, Brandon


CDC Kindersley- Newest two-row malting barley from the Crop Development Centre in Saskatoon

Celebration- Newest six-row malting cultivar from Anheuser-Busch InBev

CDC Mayfair- Established six-row malting cultivar from the Crop Development Centre in Saskatoon

Objective To demonstrate different classes and varieties of barley.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 20 (Table 1) Replication: 1 Plot size: 1m x 5m Test design: Demonstration Seeding date: May 16 Fertilizer applied: Broadcast 50 lbs. N, 40 lbs. P2O5, 10 lbs. K2O, 10 lbs. S 15 lbs. actual P applied with seed Pesticide applied: June 11- Axial and Barricade Harvest date: September 4 Product handling: Each individual plot harvested. Yield was not recorded. Prior to seeding, the fertilizer blend was broadcast with a Valmar applicator and incorporated with a heavy harrow. The trial was seeded into tilled corn stubble with 15 lbs. actual P applied with the seed. The trial was sprayed once during the growing season with Axial and Barricade to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. All plots were harvested with a small plot combine. Since this trial was for demonstration purposes only, yield was not recorded. Table 1. 2013 Barley Variety Demonstration Varieties at Roblin, MB*

AC Metcalfe Desperado

AAC Synergy Falcon

AC Ranger FB018

CDC Kindersley HB127

CDC Mayfair HB129

CDC McGwire HB130

CDC Meredith Major

Celebration Roseland

Cerveza Taylor

Champion TR10214 * Numbered varieties are advanced lines that are under evaluation for possible registration.


DuPont Showcase


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperators: Kristine Waddell- Technical Sales Agronomist, DuPont Charlene Hammell- Retail Account Manager, DuPont Danielle Gerrard- DuPont

Background This is the third year that PCDF has cooperated with DuPont to display a DuPont Showcase. DuPont establishes these trials to demonstrate the performance and use of their upcoming and already existing products. The site was seeded and maintained by PCDF staff. DuPont hosted a number of in-house tours and participated in PCDF’s annual field day.

Objective

1. To demonstrate weed control of volunteer RRCanola in glyphosate tolerant corn. The herbicide Battalion was applied as pre and post emergent treatments.

2. To demonstrate the efficacy of a pre-seed application of Express SG for volunteer RRCanola control as well as an in-crop application of pinnacle in soybeans.

3. To demonstrate the efficacy of DuPont Herbicide blends in wheat. 4. To demonstrate the efficacy of Acapela on leaf disease in wheat. 5. To demonstrate the efficacy of Acapela on leaf disease in oats. 6. To demonstrate HGW86 625 FS canola seed treatment demo plots for T3 showcase

sites.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 26 (Table 1) Replication: 1 Plot size: 4m x 19m Test design: Demonstration Seeding date: June 3- Canola, Corn, Wheat and Oats June 11- Soybeans Fertilizer applied: None Pesticide applied: Per DuPont protocol

1 PCDF, Roblin


Each treatment was seeded into tilled corn stubble. Various herbicides and fungicides were applied at different stages throughout the growing season. Since this trial was for demonstration purposes only, none of the treatments were harvested. Table 1. 2013 DuPont Showcase Grain Varieties and Chemical Treatments at Roblin, MB

Demo # Grain and Variety

Treatment 1

Treatment 2

Treatment 3

Treatment 4

Treatment 5

13-810 39D95 Corn

Untreated Battalion & Glyphosate

Pre Emerge +

Glyphosate in crop

Heat & Glyphosate

Pre Emerge

Glyphosate in crop

Battalion & Glyphosate

in crop

13-850 900Y61 Soybeans

Untreated Express SG &

Glyphosate Pre

Emerge

Heat & Glyphosate

Pre Emerge

ESG & Glyphosate

Pre Emerge + Pinnacle & Glyphosate

in crop

Heat & Glyphosate

Pre Emerge +

Glyphosate in crop

13-853 Utmost Wheat

Untreated Barricade &

Simplicity

PP-2325 & Simplicity

Stellar & Simplicity

--

13-860 AC Barrie Wheat

Untreated Acapela Quilt -- --

13-861 AC Morgan Oats

Untreated Acapela Headline -- --

13-880 Canola Seed

Treatment

DuPont Fungicide

HGW 444 & Helix

Vibrance 400

Helix Vibrance

400

-- --

New Products for DuPont Coragen® is a Group 28 insecticide which provides excellent control of pest populations that are resistant to other insecticides. It controls hatching insects all the way through to adult stages of development. One of the exciting benefits of this product is that it is easy on applicators, bees and other beneficials. Other benefits include extended residual control, minimal tank clean out, active ingredient from a whole new group of chemistry with no cross resistance to other chemistries, low use rates and low mammalian toxicity. Coragen® is registered for use on canola, corn, grass forage, fodder and hay groups, non-grass animal feeds, potatoes, sunflowers and different kinds of vegetables. The insects that it is registered to kill are banded sunflower moth, bertha armyworm, cutworms, diamondback moth, sunflower moth, swede midge and true armyworms. (DuPont 2013)


LumidermTM insecticide is a new group 28 seed treatment for canola. This product provides excellent early season control of cutworms, improved control of emerging pests (ie. Striped Flea Beetle), a valuable resistance management tool, residual control up to 35 days protection from flea beetles and cutworms, enhanced early season stand establishment and vigor of canola, consistent control across a broad range of environmental conditions and low toxicity to non-target organisms. (DuPont 2013)

References DuPont. "Coragen Insecticide." DuPont. 2013. http://www.dupont.ca/en/products-and-

services/crop-protection/vegetable-protection/products/coragen.html (accessed November 27, 2013).

—. "Lumiderm Insecticide Seed Treatment." DuPont . 2013. http://www.dupont.ca/en/products-and-services/crop-protection/oilseed-crop-protection/products/lumiderm.html (accessed November 27, 2013).


FMC Chemical Demonstration

Jeff Kostuik1, Susan McEachern1, Angel Melnychenko1, Amy Stewart1 and Brad Ewankiw2

Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperators: Brad Ewankiw- FMC Account Manager, Manitoba

Background Founded in 1883, FMC is a US based specialty chemical company which is now growing its business in Canada. FMC Corporation serves agricultural, industrial and consumer markets globally with innovative solutions, applications and quality products. The company employs approximately 5,000 people throughout the world. They are focused on providing solutions to issues faced by Canadian producers such as weed resistance in minor use crops with limited solutions. The FMC demo trial was set up to showcase some of the products they have available or will be launching soon in Western Canada. The demo included the following products:

Authority Charge, a new herbicide tank-mix available for peas, flax, sunflowers and chickpeas to control kochia, lamb’s-quarters, redroot pigweed and wild buckwheat. Authority Charge includes the active ingredients sulfentrazone (group 14 residual herbicide) and carfentrazone (group 14 burnoff additive for glyphosate). Authority also has activity on other weeds such as cleavers.

Authority Supreme, a combination of sulfentrazone and a new active ingredient, pyroxasulfone, which is not yet registered for flax and peas. Authority Supreme provides broad spectrum residual activity on many grass and broadleaf weeds, including wild oats, barnyard grass, green foxtail, yellow foxtail, lamb’s-quarters, redroot pigweed, shepherd’s-purse, stinkweed, wild buckwheat and many other species.

Focus, a new group 15 and group 14 herbicide combination product for corn, soybeans, and in coming years, wheat. Focus is a combination of pyroxasulfone and carfentrazone and will be a much anticipated additional mode of action for grassy weed control in spring and winter wheat. With residual activity on wild oats, barnyard grass, green and yellow foxtail as well as many small seeded broadleaf weeds, Focus will be an interesting product for growers.

Command (clomazone) is a group 13 herbicide which is already registered in Canada in soybeans and vegetable crops. In canola, it will bring a much needed additional herbicide option for cleaver control. Cleavers can be a difficult weed to control because

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 FMC, Winnipeg


it begins to germinate early in the year and continues in season. Clomazone is a residual soil applied herbicide which will provide long lasting control in combination with the canola herbicide system (RoundupReady, LibertyLink, or Clearfield).

Objective To demonstrate the efficacy of FMC’s different chemical products to control different target weeds with different applications of herbicide treatments.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 8 (Table 1) Replication: 1 Plot size: 2m x 10m Test design: Demonstration Seeding date: June 3 Fertilizer applied: None Pesticide applied: As per prescribed The various different types of crops were seeded into tilled corn stubble. Chemical applications were applied as prescribed. Since this trial was for demonstration purposes only, it was not harvested. Table 1. 2013 FMC Chemical Demonstration Treatments at Roblin, MB

Peas- Authority Charge Flax- Authority Supreme

Peas- Authority Supreme Canola- Aim

Wheat- Focus Canola- Aim High Rate & Adjuvant

Flax- Authority Charge Canola- Command


Fruit Tree Demonstration


Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperators: Dr. Bob Bors- Fruit Tree Breeder, University of Saskatchewan

Background Since the early 1920’s, the University of Saskatchewan has been doing fruit research and breeding. They have carefully selected and bred cold hardy plants for superior fruit quality and yield for over 90 years. Countries all over the world have contributed to one of the most extensive and diverse collection of cold hardy fruiting plants in North America. (University of Saskatchewan 2007)

The fruit demonstration trial has been conducted for five growing seasons. The project was initiated due to an interest expressed by Dave Negrych, President of the Haskap Canada Association. Dave Negrych lives in the Parkland area and is a haskap grower. Jeff Kostuik attended a Haskap field day at the University of Saskatchewan. Relationships were formed with Dr. Bob Bors and pertinent information was gathered to establish a small fruit demonstration trial. Communities in Bloom judges have visited the site and were very pleased that a project of this kind is being conducted. The trial consists of 3 fruit types, Haskap, Dwarf Sour Cherry and Saskatoon. Haskap is an exciting new crop for North America. The plants grow into a small bush and taste like a combination of blueberries, raspberries, black currant and raspberries. They are extremely hardy plants; they are known to survive throughout winter temperatures down to minus 50°C. Many prairie soil types will support haskap bushes, but there is no best soil type confirmed for growing haskap. However, they are closely related to potatoes and tomatoes, so possibly the same soil type will support haskap well. They are a very competitive plant so control of weeds is minimal. There are relatively few pests when compared to other fruits and birds are the number one pest for haskap. Haskap would be adapted to the Parkland area and would offer another option for local U-pick operations and cooperative fruit organizations.

(Larson 2009)

Dwarf Sour Cherry breeding has been around since the 1940’s but has gained significant attention when Dr. Bob Bors and the University of Saskatchewan successfully developed a number of varieties that are hardy for Canadian Prairie Production. (University of Saskatchewan 2007) Dwarf Sour Cherries are relatively easy to establish since they are grown on their own root stock. They were bred to survive winter lows of -40°C without damage. The cherry trees are self-pollinating so only one variety is required. Bees help improve fruit set by

1 PCDF, Roblin


moving pollen from anthers to the styles. There are very few pests for the plants and they show excellent resistance to disease. (Bors n.d.)

Saskatoon berries have been a part of the Canadian prairie landscape and culture for generations. They thrive on most soils with plenty of organic matter. They do however need good drainage. They prefer slightly acidic soils, but will grow reasonably well on alkaline soils with a pH of up to 7.5. (Saskatchewan Fruit Growers Association 2002) Saskatoon plants can survive temperatures of -50°C to -60°C. The plants bear fruit when they reach three to five years old. Production significantly increases at six to eight years and maximum yield potentials are finally reached at twelve to fifteen years of age. This coincides with profitability occurring at ten to eleven years. Therefore, interested parties considering saskatoon production do not venture into it unless there are committed for the long term.

Objective A demonstration of Haskap, Dwarf Sour Cherry and Saskatoon fruit trees as a crop and/or landscape opportunity for Parkland producers.

Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: Haskap-4, Saskatoon-5, Dwarf Sour Cherry- 5 (Table 1) Replication: 1 Test design: Demonstration Seeding date: Spring of 2009 A small orchard was established at the PCDF site in the spring of 2009. The site was tilled and sprayed with glyphosate prior to tree planting. The 5 seedling plugs per crop type were purchased from Prairie Plant Systems in Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. Once planted, the seedlings were watered weekly and mulched wood chips were purchased from Roblin Forest Products and applied to retain moisture and inhibit weed growth. No bird netting was used. There was a need for some replacement trees so seedling plugs were ordered and planted in the spring of 2011. This is the third year that the haskap trees have produced fruit and there were five haskap harvests this year. Each time, all the berries from each variety were weighed. PCDF staff performed two taste tests to rate taste and texture. This was the first year that the cherry trees produced enough fruit to harvest. There were 6 different harvests that took place. The weight of the fruit from each variety was recorded at each harvest. PCDF staff performed three different taste tests to rate taste and texture. The saskatoon bushes did not produce enough fruit to harvest this year. It is hoped that there will be at least one fruit harvest next year. Some of the bushes may be affected by the Wooly Elm Aphid which would have contributed to the previous replacing of some bushes and delayed/reduced production.


Since fruit trees are very sensitive to chemicals, PCDF purchased a carpet sprayer to help aid in the fight against dandelions in the fruit orchard. On June 28, Grazon was applied and it provided satisfactory results. Table 1. 2013 Fruit Tree Demonstration Varieties at Roblin, MB

Dwarf Sour Cherry Haskap Saskatoon

Carmine Jewel 9-15 Honeywood

Cupid 9-92 JB 30

Juliet Borealis Martin

Romeo Tundra Smoky

Valentine Berry Blue (pollinator) Thiessen

Results Table 2. 2013 Fruit Tree Demonstration Haskap Yield (lbs/plant) at Roblin, MB

Variety June 27 Yield

(lbs/plant)

July 2 Yield

(lbs/plant)

July 5 Yield

(lbs/plant)

July 8 Yield

(lbs/plant)

July 11 Yield

(lbs/plant)

Total Average

Yield (lbs/plant)

Tundra 0.10 0.36 0.11 0.02 -- 0.59

9-15 0.05 0.31 0.12 0.06 0.02 0.56

9-92 0.04 0.13 0.03 0.03 -- 0.23

Borealis 0.03 0.17 0.06 0.02 -- 0.28

Chart 1. 2011-2013 Fruit Tree Demonstration Haskap Berry Yield (grams/plant) at Roblin, MB


Table 3. Estimated Haskap Yield (lbs/acre) Comparison for Large Production

Tundra 9-15 9-92 Borealis

2013 ’11-‘13 2013 ’11-‘13 2013 ’11-‘13 2013 ’11-‘13

473 379 449 264 189 158 218 175

Table 4. 2013 Fruit Tree Demonstration Haskap Taste Test Results at Roblin, MB

Tundra 9-15 9-92 Borealis

Taste Texture Taste Texture Taste Texture Taste Texture

3 3 3 3 2 3 1 3

Comments: No tangy aftertaste

Comments: Tangy at first

Comments: Tasted similar to a blueberry

Comments: Very sour

Scale: Taste: 1-4, 1 = Tangy/Sour, 4 = Sweet Texture: 1-4, 1 = Firm, Chewy, 4 = Soft Table 5. 2013 Fruit Tree Demonstration Sour Cherry Yield (lbs/plant) at Roblin, MB

Variety July 18 Yield

(lbs/plant)

July 23 Yield

(lbs/plant)

July 26 Yield

(lbs/plant)

July 29 Yield

(lbs/plant)

July 31 Yield

(lbs/plant)

August 6 Yield

(lbs/plant)

Average Total Yield (lbs/plant)

Carmine Jewel

0.004 0.043 0.08 0.067 0.013 0.004 0.21

Cupid 0 0 0.01 0.022 0.013 0.09 0.14

Romeo 0.004 0.01 0.01 0.004 0.008 0 0.04

Chart 2. 2013 Fruit Tree Demonstration Sour Cherry Yield (grams/plant) at Roblin, MB


Table 6. 2013 Estimated Sour Cherry Yield (lbs/acre) for Large Production

Carmine Jewel Cupid Romeo

165 108 26.4

Table 7. 2013 Fruit Tree Demonstration Sour Cherry Taste Test Results at Roblin, MB

Carmine Jewel Cupid Romeo

Taste Texture Taste Texture Taste Texture

2 3 1 2 2 3

Scale: Taste: 1-4, 1 = Tangy/Sour, 4 = Sweet Texture: 1-4, 1 = Firm, Chewy, 4 = Soft The data discussed is based on one rep of data so no statistical analysis with %CV and LSD is available. Trends and observations will be the format of discussions. This was the third year that the haskaps were harvested. Tundra was the highest yielding variety in each year. In 2013 the harvest consisted of 5 harvest dates ranging from June 27 to July 11. All the varieties had their highest yields in the second picking on July 2 and 9-15 was the only variety left to harvest on July 11. In regards to the taste test, Tundra was rated as the sweetest and Borealis was the tangiest. All the varieties had a semi-soft texture. As expected, production is increasing as the plants are developing. This was the first year for the sour cherry harvest. Cupid, Carmine Jewel and Romeo were the only varieties that produced this year. The harvest began on July 18 and finished up on August 6. Carmine Jewel was the highest yielding followed by Cupid and Romeo respectively. Carmine Jewel and Romeo were earlier and their production peaked at the third picking on July 26. Cupid was later starting and its production peaked at the last harvest on August 6. In regards to the taste test, all the varieties had varying degrees of tartness which is expected for sour cherries. Carmine Jewel was semi-sweet, Romeo was slightly sweet and Cupid was tart. For texture, Cupid was very firm while Carmine Jewel and Romeo were semi-soft.

Important Considerations and Recommendations Establishing a fruit orchard of any kind requires a lot of research in the areas of production and business planning, marketing, processing and end use options. With any new industry there will be growing pains. Supply and demand management will have periods of feast and famine. The new trend in the food industry is local sustainability. Local sustainability provides economic opportunities and strengthens communities. Manitoba has a diverse agriculture sector due to its geographical location and weather patterns. Some of the limitations in Manitoba is we have one major center, Winnipeg, which accounts for 60% of the province’s population. Because of the Parkland’s distance to Winnipeg, marketing opportunities are somewhat limited to the local population. (Food Matters Manitoba n.d.) Manitoba is home to a small fruit industry. Most of the fruit grown is marketed through U-pick or farmers’ markets. There is a declining trend in fruit production acreage because there is a


decline in interest with U-pick fruit. In 2011 fruit production in Manitoba totaled $1.7 million. One possible way of turning this trend is expanding consumer awareness of the health benefits of the fruit types, continue to promote the 100 mile diet and preparing food with fresh ingredients. Sobeys and Jamie Oliver are promoting the concept of preparing more food with fresh ingredients. This all contributes to the common theme of local sustainability. Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Development have a website on programs and services for anyone interested in starting fruit production. Anthony Mintenko is the Business Development Specialist for Fruit Crops and he can be reached at 204-745-5675. (Manitoba Government n.d.)

Conclusions

The fruit tree demonstration is a long term commitment. The haskap and sour cherry bushes are increasing production and PCDF hopes to have more yield data to supplement the 2013 data results. The saskatoon demo will be reassessed next year and determine if it requires replanting or cease its evaluation.

References Bors, Bob. "Dwarf Sour Cherry- A Two Page Guide." University of Saskatchewan. n.d.

http://www.fruit.usask.ca/articles/cherry_guide.pdf (accessed November 14, 2013). Food Matters Manitoba. "Growing for the Future." Food Matters Manitoba. n.d.

http://foodmattersmanitoba.ca/sites/default/files/FOOD%20ASSESSMENT%20FINAL.pdf (accessed December 6, 2013).

Larson, Kristen. "Haskap: An Introduction to the Fruit, Its Health Benefits, and Marketing Possiblities ." Lahave Forests. 2009. http://www.lahaveforests.com/assets/files/Honey%20Berry%20Health.pdf (accessed November 14, 2013).

Manitoba Government. Programs and Services. n.d. http://www.gov.mb.ca/agriculture/programs/aaa01s10.html (accessed December 6, 2013).

Saskatchewan Fruit Growers Association. Saskatoons. 2002. http://www.saskfruit.com/modules.php?name=Sections&sop=viewarticle&artid=29 (accessed November 14, 2013).

University of Saskatchewan. Welcome to the U of S Fruit Program. 2007. http://www.fruit.usask.ca/index.html (accessed November 14, 2013).


Phosphorus Behaviour Trial

Jeff Kostuik1, Susan McEachern1, Angel Melnychenko1, Amy Stewart1 and John Heard2

Site Information Location: Roblin, Manitoba Cooperators: John Heard, MAFRD Crop Nutrition Specialist

Background Plants need phosphorus for growth, utilization of sugar and starch, photosynthesis, nucleus formation and cell division, fat and albumen formation. Phosphorus compounds are involved in the transfer and storage of energy within plants. Energy from photosynthesis and the metabolism of carbohydrates is stored in phosphate compounds for later use in growth and reproduction. Phosphorus is readily translocated within the plants, moving from older to younger tissues as the plant forms cells and develops roots, stems and leaves. Adequate phosphorus results in rapid growth and earlier maturity, which is important in areas where frost is a concern. Frequently, the quality of vegetative growth is improved. A good supply of phosphorus has been associated with increased root growth, which means the plant can explore more soil for nutrients and moisture. The phosphorus content of seedling plants needs to be high in order to achieve maximum yields. Placing phosphorus fertilizer where developing roots can access it rapidly is critical in attaining these high phosphorus levels in young plants. Additionally, the high pH calcareous soils that predominate in Manitoba tend to “fix” or reduce the availability of applied phosphorus and slow the buildup of soil test levels. For this reason, phosphorus use is traditionally efficient when soil contact with fertilizer is limited, such as by banding for most crops. But soybeans appear not to be as discerning between band and broadcast application. This is a long term study that started in 2011, which evaluates the removal and buildup of P in the soil over time.

Objective Over a number of years, track the amounts of P2O5 added and the influence on yields, P uptake and removal and soil test levels.

1 PCDF, Roblin

2 MAFRD, Carman


Design, Materials & Operation Treatments: 11 (Table 1) Replication: 1 Plot size: 2m x 5m Test design: Simple Plot, Non-Replicated Seeding date: May 22 Fertilizer applied: Various rates of N and P2O5 were applied accordingly Pesticide applied: June 11- Roundup Weathermax July 2- Roundup Weathermax Harvest date: October 17 Product handling: A 1 meter row was taken from each plot by a Mitsubishi rice harvester.

Then it was thrashed to get grain yield and the straw and chaff were collected and weighed. The remainder of the plot was then harvested. Grain samples were dried and then weighed. Soil samples, grain samples and straw samples were sent away for analysis.

This trial is conducted under zero tillage management. Various rates of P2O5 and N were banded 3” deep prior to seeding. The soybean seed was inoculated with the proper Rhizobia before it was seeded into flax stubble at 1.25”. The trial was then rolled with a land roller to push stones in and assist with an easier harvest. Roundup Weathermax was applied twice throughout the season to control broadleaf and grassy weeds. One row from each plot was cut and bound using a Mitsubishi rice harvester. The remainder of the plot was harvested with a small plot combine and then dried. The straw from each plot was then raked onto the plot that it came from. Once samples were dry, weight was recorded. The material from the 1 row harvest was then put through the combine where the grain was collected, dried and weighed. Then the straw and chaff were collected to be weighed. Straw and grain were analyzed for phosphate-phosphorus analysis. Soil tests were taken from each plot and sent away for analysis. Table 1. 2013 Phosphorus Behaviour Trial Treatments at Roblin, MB

0 lbs. P2O5 30 lbs. P2O5 60 lbs. P2O5 90 lbs. P2O5



Results

Soil tests were taken in the spring of 2011 at the beginning of the project and then again in the fall after each harvest. Wheat was planted for 2011, flax in 2012 and soybeans in 2013. The results are summarized in Table 2.


Table 2. Soil Test Results from Spring 2011 to Fall 2013 at Roblin, MB

Spring 2011 Fall 2011 Fall 2012 Fall 2013

Rate P* P* P* P*

0 lbs P2O5 19 13 19 11

10 lbs P2O5 20 16 21 16

20 lbs P2O5 15 13 22 15

30 lbs P2O5 21 16 22 22

40 lbs P2O5 19 21 23 19

50 lbs P2O5 16 20 32 26

60 lbs P2O5 11 15 30 18

70 lbs P2O5 14 18 29 23

80 lbs P2O5 13 18 42 32

90 lbs P2O5 13 16 22 19

100 lbs P2O5 13 25 24 20

0 lbs P2O5 9 11 -- 7 * P (Olsen) Measured in ppm

Table. 3 Change in Soil Nutrients at Roblin, MB

Change Spring 2011 to Fall 2011

(Wheat Crop)

Change Spring 2011 to Fall 2012

(Flax Crop)

Change Spring 2011 to Fall 2013 (Soybean Crop)

Rate P* P* P*

0 lbs P2O5 -6 0 -8

10 lbs P2O5 -4 1 -4

20 lbs P2O5 -2 7 0

30 lbs P2O5 -5 1 1

40 lbs P2O5 2 4 0

50 lbs P2O5 4 16 10

60 lbs P2O5 4 19 7

70 lbs P2O5 4 15 9

80 lbs P2O5 5 29 19

90 lbs P2O5 3 9 6

100 lbs P2O5 12 11 7

0 lbs P2O5 2 -- -2 * P (Olsen) Measured in ppm

Since the results are from a one replicated trial it does not permit statistical analysis and it is most useful to observe a visual trend (Chart 1); therefore, the observations noted are based on possible trends. The change in the amount of phosphorus in the soil (Table 3 & Chart 1) is somewhat as expected. The amount of phosphorus in the soil is being depleted for the lowest rates because the crop uptake is greater than the rate of supplementation. As the rate of application increases so does soil test P. The increase is not very linear and this may be due to the soil sampling technique and the soil sample may occasionally include the band of phosphorus that was applied in the spring. Also the interaction of phosphorus with calcareous soils can affect the amount of available phosphorus in each year.


One would assume that the amount of available phosphorus would continue to decline each year for the lower rates of application. This is not the case in this trial so far. Possible reasons are:

Initial soil P levels were not uniform and varied from 9 to 21 ppm within the plot- (from low to very high)

Some seasonal variation may occur in soil P levels- especially with very wet conditions

Crops vary in their P removal amounts by yield and grain P content, i.e. wheat = 0.5-0.6 lb P2O5/bu, flax = 0.6-0.7 lb P2O5/bu and soybean = 0.8 lb P2O5/bu

This trend is similar to that observed by other Manitoba research, where annual applications of about 40 lb P2O5/ac was required to maintain soil test P levels. (Grant 2012) Chart 1. Phosphorus Change According to Soil Tests in 2011, 2012 and 2013 at Roblin, MB

Yield Table 4. 2013 Phosphorus Behaviour Trial Soybean Grain Yield at Roblin, MB

Rate (lbs P205) Grain Yield (bu/acre)

0 28

10 27

20 26

30 23

40 26

50 27

60 23

70 26


80 25

90 28

100 27

0 26

Chart 2. 2013 Phosphorus Behaviour Trial Soybean Grain Yield (bu/acre) at Roblin, MB

In terms of grain yield, there appears to be no significant trend or impact on yield as the rate of phosphorus increases for soybean. All the yields were similar regardless of the amount of phosphorus applied. This result was typical of eight other P on soybean studies across Manitoba in 2013. The data for the phosphate removal rate for the grain and straw is not available at this time. It will be included in the 2014 Annual Report.

Important Considerations and Recommendations This is the third year for this trial. One would assume there would be some evidence of deficiency in the plots where phosphorus rates of application are low. The grain and straw yield and general observations of plant health do not indicate obvious signs of deficiency. It was observed that some of the plots with higher rates of phosphorus did have more plant growth. There are few visual symptoms of P deficiency in soybeans, other than reduced growth compared to sufficient plants.


Elevated P fertilization rarely influences plant growth negatively. However, high P levels may reduce the activity of mycorrhizae which aids in the uptake of P, water and some micronutrients. On soils low in zinc but very high in P, this reduced micorrhizae activity may reduce zinc uptake.

Conclusions This is the third year for this trial. Phosphorus accumulation and removal rates are affected by the crop type. Significant phosphorus deficiencies and accumulation in the soil have not been observed so far. This is a long term project and as time goes on the correlation between soil phosphorus levels, phosphorus application rates and crop removal rates should be more evident.

References Grant, Cynthia. "Phosphorus management for sensitive crops: Managing phosphorus through

the rotation ." Manitoba Agronomists Conference. December 2012. http://umanitoba.ca/faculties/afs/agronomists_conf/media/MAC_proceedings_Grant_Dec2012.pdf (accessed January 13, 2014).


PCDF Year in Pictures 2013

Angel and Amy preparing for the field day Will and Jeff talking about hemp

Susan speaking about flax at field day Hemp grain harvest

Amy throwing corn cobs into combine PCDF site from Drone


Angel and Amy Seeding Susan and Annie bagging hemp grain

Angel learning how to drive combine Staff harvesting hemp fibre

Staff from L to R: Amy Stewart, Susan McEachern, Jeff Kostuik and Angel Melnychenko

Table of Contents - Province of Manitoba | Home Page · Parkland Crop Diversification Foundation...

Documents

Transcript of Table of Contents - Province of Manitoba | Home Page · Parkland Crop Diversification Foundation...